WO2011070804A1 - Information delivery control device, information delivery control method, information delivery control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information delivery system - Google Patents

Information delivery control device, information delivery control method, information delivery control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information delivery system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2011070804A1
WO2011070804A1 PCT/JP2010/056675 JP2010056675W WO2011070804A1 WO 2011070804 A1 WO2011070804 A1 WO 2011070804A1 JP 2010056675 W JP2010056675 W JP 2010056675W WO 2011070804 A1 WO2011070804 A1 WO 2011070804A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
content
broadcast
information
reception
unit
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2010/056675
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
上野正裕
Original Assignee
Ｊｖｃ・ケンウッド・ホールディングス株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2009282015A external-priority patent/JP4585031B1/en
Priority claimed from JP2009282040A external-priority patent/JP4585032B1/en
Application filed by Ｊｖｃ・ケンウッド・ホールディングス株式会社 filed Critical Ｊｖｃ・ケンウッド・ホールディングス株式会社
Publication of WO2011070804A1 publication Critical patent/WO2011070804A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
    • H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
    • H04H60/09—Arrangements for device control with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time; Arrangements for control of broadcast-related services
    • H04H60/14—Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services
    • H04H60/15—Arrangements for conditional access to broadcast information or to broadcast-related services on receiving information
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
    • H04H20/00—Arrangements for broadcast or for distribution combined with broadcast
    • H04H20/20—Arrangements for broadcast or distribution of identical information via plural systems
    • H04H20/24—Arrangements for distribution of identical information via broadcast system and non-broadcast system
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
    • H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
    • H04H60/35—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users
    • H04H60/49—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users for identifying locations
    • H04H60/52—Arrangements for identifying or recognising characteristics with a direct linkage to broadcast information or to broadcast space-time, e.g. for identifying broadcast stations or for identifying users for identifying locations of users
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04H—BROADCAST COMMUNICATION
    • H04H60/00—Arrangements for broadcast applications with a direct linking to broadcast information or broadcast space-time; Broadcast-related systems
    • H04H60/76—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet
    • H04H60/81—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet characterised by the transmission system itself
    • H04H60/82—Arrangements characterised by transmission systems other than for broadcast, e.g. the Internet characterised by the transmission system itself the transmission system being the Internet

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an information distribution control device, an information distribution control method, an information distribution control program, an information reception device, an information reception control device, an information reception control method, an information reception control program, and an information distribution system.
  • a TTL (Time To Live) value included in the header of IP data of the content to be transmitted that is, a hop count of the router through which is set in advance for each broadcast target area Has been proposed (see Patent Document 1).
  • the router in the transfer route discards the IP data in the middle, so the content is broadcast even via the Internet. It can be prevented from being distributed outside the target area. That is, the content can be transmitted only to the broadcast target area.
  • a storage medium storing information indicating reception permission in a specific registered area is stored.
  • a device using a mounted receiver has been proposed (see Patent Document 2). If such a receiver is a legitimate user, it can receive content via the Internet even when he / she is staying outside the registered area.
  • the TTL value is not strictly set for each broadcast target area, it cannot be controlled to be distributed only within the broadcast target area, and the setting becomes complicated.
  • the route until content arrives may be different even within the same broadcast target area, and the TTL value is not necessarily limited to the broadcast target area. It is not guaranteed that the value can be reached only within. Therefore, since there is a possibility that the content is not distributed even within the broadcast target area, or the content may be distributed even outside the broadcast target area, the distribution control method using the TTL value of the IP data is There are problems in terms of feasibility and reliability.
  • the present invention provides an information distribution control device, an information distribution control method, an information distribution control program, an information reception device, and an information reception that can easily perform control of distributing content to a broadcast target range.
  • An object is to provide a control device, an information reception control method, an information reception control program, and an information distribution system.
  • An information distribution control device is the same as content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station.
  • An information distribution control device that distributes content or related content from an information receiving device having a main body and an antenna that can be connected to the main body in a state where the antenna is not connected to the main body
  • Broadcast wave status receiving means for receiving information measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from a broadcast station and information measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from a broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the broadcast wave status reception means, the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception of both broadcast waves
  • Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether or not the same content or related content in response to the content distribution request of the information receiving device can be distributed based on the situation, and the same content or related according to the determination result of the content distribution availability determination means
  • the information distribution control device may be configured such that the content distribution availability determination unit includes a broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit of the information reception device is not connected to the main body unit.
  • the information distribution control device as one aspect of the present invention is configured such that the information reception device is connected to a power source, and the content distribution availability determination unit is configured based on information transmitted from the information reception device.
  • the data measured after the predetermined time has passed and stored in the information receiving device are broadcast from the broadcasting station. It is preferable not to use the same content as the content superimposed on the wave or to determine whether the related content can be distributed.
  • the information distribution control device as one aspect of the present invention is an IP communication network as a communication medium different from a broadcast wave.
  • the IP address assigned to the device when the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave or the related content is permitted to be stored is stored, and the content distribution determination unit is allocated to the information receiving device.
  • An information distribution control method includes a broadcast wave status receiving unit, a content distribution availability determination unit, and a content distribution unit, and is different from a broadcast wave within a reception range of a broadcast wave from a broadcast station.
  • An information distribution control method executed by an information distribution control device that distributes the same content as or related content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication means using a communication medium, the broadcast wave status reception The information is obtained by measuring the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the means is not connected to the main body from the information receiving device having the main body and the antenna that can be connected to the main body.
  • the information is based on the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves.
  • An information distribution control program as one aspect of the present invention includes a content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station.
  • Broadcast wave situation to receive the information that measured the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in Japan and the information that measured the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the receiving means and the broadcast wave status reception means, the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or In accordance with the determination results of the content distribution availability determination unit and the content distribution availability determination unit that determine whether the same content or related content can be output based on the reception status of both broadcast waves.
  • This is intended to function as content distribution means for distributing the same content or related content to the information receiving apparatus.
  • the information receiving apparatus is the same as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by the communication means using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range of the broadcast station.
  • An information receiving device capable of receiving the same content or related content from an information distribution control device that distributes the content or related content, the main body, an antenna unit connectable to the main body, and an antenna unit Measures the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station when the is not connected to the main unit and the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit
  • Content distribution request means for transmitting the same information and executing a distribution request for the same content or related content.
  • the information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is the same as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by the communication means using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range of the broadcast station.
  • An information receiving apparatus capable of receiving content or related content, a main body, an antenna that can be connected to the main body, and a broadcast wave from a broadcasting station in a state where the antenna is not connected to the main body.
  • the distribution of the same content or related content by transmitting information that measures the reception status of and the information that measures the reception status of broadcast waves from a broadcasting station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit
  • Information receiving apparatus having content distribution request means for executing request, and broadcast wave status receiver receiving information transmitted from content distribution request means of information receiving apparatus Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the broadcast wave status reception means, based on the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves
  • Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether or not content can be distributed in response to a content distribution request of the information reception device, and content for distributing the same content or related content to the information reception device according to the determination result of the content distribution availability determination means
  • An information distribution control device having distribution means.
  • An information reception control device includes a content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station.
  • An information reception control device that can receive content from an information distribution device that distributes the same content or related content, the main body, an antenna that can be connected to the main body, and the antenna connected to the main body Of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected and the reception state of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in a state where the antenna unit is connected to the main unit, the antenna unit is connected to the main unit
  • the content that determines whether or not the same content as the content or related content can be received based on the reception status of the broadcast wave in the absence When it is determined that reception is possible in the determination of the reception possibility determination unit and the content reception determination unit, the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station or related content is received from the information distribution device.
  • Content receiving means is used to receive content from the
  • the information reception control device is configured to receive the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit.
  • the main unit When connected to the main unit within a predetermined time from when the situation was measured, reception of the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station using the data at the time of measurement or related content It is preferable to determine whether it is possible.
  • the information reception control device is connected to a power source, and the content reception availability determination unit is configured to perform predetermined processing after the device is disconnected from the power source.
  • the connection is made again after a lapse of time, the data measured after the lapse of the predetermined time and stored in the device is the same as or related to the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station It is preferably not used for determining whether or not content can be received.
  • a communication medium different from the above-described broadcast wave is an IP communication network.
  • an information reception control device is an information reception control device including a broadcast station.
  • the IP address allocated to the own device when the reception of the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave or related content is permitted is stored, and the content reception availability determining means is allocated to the own device.
  • An information reception control method includes a main body, an antenna unit connectable to the main body, a content reception availability determination unit, and a content reception unit, and within a reception range of a broadcast wave from a broadcasting station.
  • information can be received from an information distribution apparatus that distributes the same content as or related content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by means of communication using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave.
  • the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station in the connected state the reception status of broadcast waves in the state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit.
  • An information reception control program includes a content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station.
  • a computer that is capable of receiving these contents from an information distribution apparatus that distributes the same content or related content, and that has a main body and an antenna that can be connected to the main body.
  • the antenna Based on the reception status of broadcast waves when the unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves, the same content or Content reception availability determination means for determining whether or not to receive related content, content that is the same as or related to the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the content reception availability determination means determines that reception is possible This is intended to function as content receiving means for receiving content from the information distribution apparatus.
  • the information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is the same as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by the communication means using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station.
  • Information distribution device that distributes content or related content, a main body, an antenna that can be connected to the main body, and reception of broadcast waves from a broadcasting station when the antenna is not connected to the main body Of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit, and the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or both
  • Content reception availability determination means for determining whether or not the same content as the above-mentioned content or related content can be received based on the broadcast wave reception status;
  • Content reception means for receiving, from the information distribution device, the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when it is determined that the reception is possible in the determination by the determination means And a device.
  • an information distribution control device an information distribution control method, an information distribution control program, an information reception device, an information reception control device, and information reception control that can easily perform control of distributing content to a broadcast target range.
  • a method, an information reception control program, and an information distribution system can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 It is a figure which shows the whole structure of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 1 of this invention. It is a block diagram of the broadcast transmission apparatus and distribution server which the broadcasting station shown in FIG. 1 has. It is an example of the data stored in the delivery permission determination information DB shown in FIG. It is a block diagram of the receiver shown in FIG. It is an example of the data memorize
  • FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing content distribution request processing executed by the receiver shown in FIG. 20 for a distribution server.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an overall configuration of an information distribution system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention.
  • the information distribution system 1 includes a broadcasting station 2, an IP communication network 3, and a receiver 4.
  • the broadcast station 2 determines whether the receiver 4 is within the broadcast receivable area based on the broadcast wave reception intensity at the receiver 4.
  • the same content as the content broadcast by the broadcast station 2 or related content is distributed to the receiver 4 via the IP communication network 3.
  • one broadcasting station 2 and receiver 4 are shown, but there are actually a plurality of each.
  • the broadcasting station 2 has a broadcast transmission device 11 and a distribution server 12.
  • the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 transmits broadcast contents such as broadcast programs, data broadcasts, EPG (Electric Program Guide) information on broadcast waves.
  • the distribution server 12 refers to the broadcast content transmitted by the broadcast transmission device 11, the content related to the broadcast content, or the broadcast content to the receiver 4 in the area where the broadcast wave of the broadcast transmission device 11 can be received. Regardless of the content produced independently, the content is distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • the IP communication network 3 is another communication medium that is different from broadcasting by broadcast waves between the broadcasting station 2 and the receiver 4.
  • the IP communication network 3 is, for example, any one of the Internet, CATV, dedicated line, VPN (virtual LAN), WAN, etc. using a communication protocol such as TCP / IP (Transmission Control Internet / Protocol). It is composed of a combination of networks. Further, as another communication medium, a network using a communication protocol other than the IP communication network 3 may be used.
  • the receiver 4 is a terminal used at home, and is connected to the home power supply 5 and used.
  • the receiver 4 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 with an antenna and outputs broadcast content superimposed on the received broadcast wave.
  • the receiver 4 outputs content distributed from the distribution server 12 via the IP communication network 3.
  • the receiver 4 includes an antenna unit 21 and a main body unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 according to the first embodiment is connected to the main body unit 22 by a dedicated cable, and receives a broadcast wave from the broadcasting station 2 in a state where the antenna unit 21 is interconnected to the main body unit 22 by the dedicated cable.
  • the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 in a state where it is not connected to the main unit 22 can be measured.
  • connection relationship between the antenna unit 21 and the main body unit 22 of the first embodiment employs a configuration in which connection is made by wire, but may be configured to be able to communicate with each other wirelessly.
  • “the state in which the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main unit 22” in wireless communication means that the antenna unit 21 and the main unit are within a range in which communication is possible by a communication connection method such as BlueTooth (registered trademark) or WiFi. This means the case where both of the parts 22 are in a positional relationship and are set to be capable of mutual communication.
  • the state where the antenna part 21 is not connected to the main body part 22 means that mutual communication is impossible.
  • the receiver 4 is, for example, a TV broadcast or radio broadcast receiver, and may have a recording function and a recording function.
  • the receiver 4 is not limited to a terminal used at home, but may be a portable terminal or a terminal mounted in a car.
  • the receiver 4 inquires of the distribution server 12 whether the receiver 4 is within the range of the broadcast receivable area based on the reception intensity of the broadcast wave in its own device. If it is determined that there is, content reception by the receiver 4 is permitted.
  • the reception environment of the broadcast wave is not good in the house where the main body 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, the user cannot view the broadcast via the receiver 4 and the IP communication network. The content distributed via 3 cannot be viewed.
  • the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 can be detached from the main body unit 22, and the antenna unit 21 that is removed and taken to another place (not connected to the main body unit 22). If the reception environment is good from information obtained by measuring reception sensitivity by the antenna unit 21) in a state (the information is external reception status information), the antenna unit 21 is reattached to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time, Content can be received by the main unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body 22 is taken out outdoors, and the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is If it is good, then the content can be received by the main body 22 by reattaching the antenna 21 to the main body 22 within a predetermined time.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of the broadcast transmission device 11 and the distribution server 12 included in the broadcast station 2 illustrated in FIG.
  • the broadcast transmission device 11 (Configuration of broadcast transmission device 11) First, the broadcast transmission device 11 will be described.
  • the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 assumes digital terrestrial broadcasting, and transmits the content for the broadcast program as stream data according to the broadcast schedule. Also, the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 can transmit data broadcast and EPG (Electronic Program Guide) information superimposed on the broadcast wave.
  • EPG Electronic Program Guide
  • the broadcast transmission device 11 corresponds to an example of a broadcast station in the claims.
  • the broadcast transmission device 11 includes a control unit 31, a storage unit 32, and a server communication unit 33.
  • the control unit 31 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a RAM (Random Access Memory), a ROM (Read Only Memory), and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU is stored in the ROM.
  • Various functions of the content stream creation unit 41, the EPG information creation unit 42, the data broadcast creation unit 43, the broadcast material acquisition unit 44, and the MUX unit 45 are realized by reading various programs into the RAM and executing them in cooperation.
  • the storage unit 32 stores a broadcast content database (Data Base) 51, a broadcast schedule DB 52, and a data broadcast content DB 53.
  • the storage unit 32 is, for example, an HDD (Hard Disk Drive) or a flash memory. It consists of storage devices.
  • the server communication unit 33 is a communication interface that performs communication with the distribution server 12.
  • the content stream creation unit 41 creates broadcast content with reference to the broadcast content DB 51.
  • the broadcast content is encoded and multiplexed in accordance with the MPEG2 (Moving Picture Experts Group2) standard.
  • MPEG2 Motion Picture Experts Group2
  • video and audio of transmitted content are generated as an encoded ES (Elementary Stream), and a PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) in which ES is packetized for each meaningful unit is generated.
  • a TS (Transport Stream) packet obtained by dividing the PES is transmitted from the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11.
  • the content stream creation unit 41 assigns a 13-bit packet identifier called PID to the header of each TS packet, so that each TS packet can be one of video data, audio data, control data, etc. of the broadcast content. Can be classified.
  • the control data here refers to data called SI / PSI (Service Information / Program Specific Information).
  • SI of SI / PSI includes information necessary for creating EPG information
  • PSI is control data including information for performing basic control.
  • the TS packet may be subjected to an encryption process (hereinafter referred to as “scramble process”) for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11.
  • scrambling process an encryption process for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11.
  • Multi2 can be used as the scrambling method. This Multi2 is one of the methods for encrypting digital data, and is widely used in BS digital broadcasting and terrestrial digital broadcasting.
  • the EPG information creation unit 42 creates EPG information with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 52.
  • the data broadcast creation unit 43 creates information related to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to programs from the data broadcast content DB 53 and supplies these information together to the MUX unit 45.
  • the broadcast material acquisition unit 44 creates broadcast content other than the broadcast content stored in the broadcast content DB 51. For example, when a signal directly generated from a camera or microphone (not shown) (for example, video data or audio data such as a live broadcast program or a live broadcast program) is input, the broadcast material acquisition unit 44 receives data for these broadcast contents. It is converted into a format, created as content data, and supplied to the MUX unit 45.
  • a signal directly generated from a camera or microphone for example, video data or audio data such as a live broadcast program or a live broadcast program
  • the MUX unit 45 includes content data created by the content stream creation unit 41 with reference to the broadcast content DB 51 or content data created by the broadcast material acquisition unit 44, and the EPG information creation unit 42 refers to the broadcast schedule DB 52.
  • the EPG information created in this way and the data broadcast program data created by the data broadcast creation unit 43 with reference to the data broadcast content DB 53 are multiplexed to generate broadcast data.
  • the broadcast data is transmitted as a broadcast wave from an antenna (not shown) of the broadcast transmission device 11. Note that these broadcast data are also transmitted to the distribution server 12 via the server communication unit 33 via a dedicated line or the like.
  • the broadcast content DB 51 stores broadcast program information that is the source of the broadcast content.
  • the broadcast schedule DB 52 stores broadcast schedule information of broadcast programs broadcast by the broadcast transmission device 11.
  • the broadcast schedule DB 52 may store broadcast schedule information of other broadcast stations 2.
  • the data broadcasting content DB 53 stores information related to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to broadcasting programs.
  • the data broadcasting content DB 53 includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information provided by the distribution server 12 related to the broadcast program and search query information that can be used in the P2P (Peer to Peer) method. It may be stored. Note that information related to data broadcasting is also encoded and multiplexed in conformity with the MPEG2 standard in the same manner as the above-described broadcast content.
  • the broadcast transmission device 11 sends out stream data of content as a broadcast program from the broadcast content DB 51 according to the broadcast schedule.
  • camera and microphone signals are input to the broadcast material acquisition unit 44 and broadcast together with EPG information from the broadcast schedule DB 52. Can be multiplexed to data.
  • the distribution server 12 includes a control unit 96, a broadcast device communication unit 62, a storage unit 63, and an IP communication control unit 64.
  • the control unit 96 includes a CPU, RAM, ROM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU reads various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executes them in cooperation.
  • Each function of the content distribution control unit 71 and the content creation unit 72 is realized.
  • the broadcast device communication unit 62 is a communication interface that receives content from the server communication unit 33 of the broadcast transmission device 11.
  • the storage unit 63 stores a distribution availability determination information DB 81, a distribution content DB 82, and a frequency DB 83, and the storage unit 63 includes a storage device such as an HDD or a flash memory.
  • the IP communication control unit 64 is a communication interface that performs communication with the receiver 4 via the IP communication network 3.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 performs device authentication or the like based on the device ID information of the receiver 4 transmitted from the receiver 4 via the IP communication control unit 64, and determines whether or not the content can be distributed. Specifically, if the receiver 4 can determine that the receiver 4 is within the broadcast range of the broadcast station 2 (receivable area), the content distribution control unit 71 determines that the content can be distributed from the distribution server 12. . If the content requested from the receiver 4 is not limited to the area, the content distribution control unit 71 does not depend on whether the receiver 4 is a receivable area of the broadcast station 2 or not. Is determined to be deliverable.
  • the content creation unit 72 generates content to be distributed to the receiver 4 that is determined to be distributable by the content distribution control unit 71. For example, the content creation unit 72 reads content to be distributed from the distribution content DB 82.
  • the content distributed to the receiver 4 may be a content requested by the receiver 4 or a content linked to the program may be generated.
  • the content creation unit 72 may generate the requested content when the receiver 4 requests specific content, and may automatically generate and transmit the program-linked content otherwise. .
  • the distribution server 12 determines whether or not a specific content can be distributed, but the distribution server 12 restricts access to a specific site operated by the broadcasting station 2. It may be.
  • the distribution availability determination information DB 81 is a DB having past information determined as to whether or not contents can be distributed to the receiver 4. Therefore, the distribution server 12 (content distribution control unit 71) accumulates the transmitted information in the distribution permission determination information DB 81 in addition to determining whether the distribution is possible based on the information transmitted from the receiver 4. By checking with the information transmitted from the receiver 4, it is possible to determine whether the receiver 4 can be distributed.
  • FIG. 3 is an example of data stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, for example, “device ID”, “device type”, “IP address”, “broadcast type”, “external reception signal level”, “external reception signal level measurement date and time” "," Main body received signal level “,” power supply progress information ",” power supply elapsed date and time ", etc. are provided.
  • identification number information for uniquely identifying the receiver 4 is stored as the device ID. This identification number information is used, for example, for device authentication processing when making a content distribution request to the distribution server 12.
  • device ID number information assigned for each type of the receiver 4 is stored as the device type. In the first embodiment, the number “1” indicates a home stationary type, the number “2” indicates an in-vehicle type, and the number “3” indicates a mobile type.
  • IP address IP address information assigned to the receiver 4 is stored as an IP address.
  • Broadcast type stores broadcast types such as FM, AM, digital terrestrial broadcasting, BS, and CS.
  • the “external reception signal level” includes an external reception signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when measured by the antenna unit 21 in a state where the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 is not connected to the main body unit 22.
  • a numerical value (unit: dB) indicating the received signal level is stored.
  • “External reception signal level measurement date / time” stores the date / time information at which the “external reception signal level” was measured.
  • the “main body received signal level” is a numerical value indicating the received signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when the antenna section 21 of the receiver 4 is connected to the main body section 22 as the main body received signal level. (Unit is db) is stored.
  • the “power supply progress information” stores a flag for determining whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5 as the power supply progress information.
  • “1” is stored when a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5, and “0” is stored when it has not elapsed.
  • the “power elapsed time” stores the date and time when a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power source 5 as the power elapsed time.
  • the predetermined time after the receiver 4 is disconnected from the household power supply 5 is assumed to be the movement of the receiver 4 in the house, and the receiver 4 is attached to another place with the receiver 4 For example, it is preferably set within a range of about 15 to 30 minutes so that the date and time when this time has elapsed since the power supply was removed is stored.
  • “broadcast station name” may be stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81.
  • “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
  • the distribution content DB 82 stores broadcast data transmitted from the MUX unit 45 of the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 via a dedicated line.
  • the contents stored in the distribution content DB 82 include program-linked contents related to the broadcast data, contents that can be distributed even after the broadcast ends (contents that can be distributed regardless of real time), and the above-mentioned area-limited contents. Contents that are not things are also stored.
  • the frequency DB 83 broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 that can be received for each area specified by a postal code, a predetermined value (a value of a predetermined level) of electric field reception intensity that can be received at each broadcast frequency, the broadcast Information such as the broadcasting station name of the station 2 is stored.
  • the frequency DB 83 may provide a frequency table that is a list of broadcast stations in which the designated area is estimated to be a broadcast range in response to an acquisition request from the receiver 4.
  • the distribution server 12 determines whether or not content distribution is possible with respect to the receiver 4 that has requested the content distribution, and when determining that the content distribution is possible, the broadcast content provided by the broadcast transmission device 11, Content related to the broadcast content and other content are distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • FIG. 4 is a configuration diagram of the receiver 4 shown in FIG.
  • the receiver 4 includes an antenna unit 21 and a main body unit 22 as main components.
  • the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 with a dedicated cable.
  • the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 2 is received in a better reception condition than indoors. can do.
  • the antenna unit 21 includes a tuner 91, a reception information storage unit 92, a battery 93, an operation input unit 94, a reception status detection unit 95, a control unit 96, a timer 97, a broadcast station table 98, and a main body connection unit. 99 is the main component.
  • the control unit 96 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire antenna unit 21.
  • the reception information storage unit 92 and the broadcast station table 98 described above are stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit is composed of a storage device such as a ROM or a flash memory, for example.
  • the tuner 91 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 via the antenna 21 ⁇ / b> A and supplies a reception signal to the main unit 22. Further, the tuner 91 supplies the reception state (for example, received electric field strength) of the broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 to the control unit 96.
  • the reception information storage unit 92 is a storage part in which the reception status of each broadcasting station 2 received by the antenna unit 21 is stored.
  • FIG. 5 is an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 shown in FIG.
  • the received information storage unit 92 includes columns such as “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external received signal level”, “external received signal level measurement date”.
  • the “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date / time” data shown in FIG. 5 are stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 shown in FIG. Since this is the same as the data of “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date / time”, description thereof will be omitted.
  • “broadcast station name” may be stored in the reception information storage unit 92 as well as the distribution availability determination information DB 81.
  • “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
  • the battery 93 is a power supply means for supplying power to the antenna unit 21.
  • the operation input unit 94 is an input unit that receives an operation from the user. For example, it is used when the user inputs current position information, and a zip code or the like can be input.
  • the operation input unit 94 is used when a user takes the antenna unit 21 outdoors and inputs an external reception status registration request when the user wants to register an external reception status.
  • the reception status detection unit 95 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast transmission device 11 of the broadcast station 2 based on the reception status detection instruction from the control unit 96.
  • the reception status detection unit 95 is configured by an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal, and a value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the main control unit 110.
  • the generation circuit for example, a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit can be provided so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected. By using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit described above, it is possible to detect the broadcast wave reception status.
  • the timer 97 is used when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is started or when the time from the end of the determination to the connection to the main unit 22 is counted.
  • the control unit 96 can determine whether or not the antenna unit 21 has been connected to the main unit 22 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the reception status was detected by the timer 97. By this determination, it is possible to prevent the content from the distribution server 12 from being acquired due to user injustice.
  • Broadcast station table 98 is composed of frequency information of broadcast station 2. Based on the zip code information input from the operation input unit 94, the control unit 96 can specify the frequency information of the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the area by referring to the broadcast station table 98. The control unit 96 can perform the tuning process by the tuner 91 more quickly by using the frequency information of the broadcasting station 2 specified with reference to the broadcasting station table 98. Specifically, the control unit 96 uses the tuner 91 to tune with each of the broadcast frequencies specified with reference to the broadcast station table 98. Note that the frequency information included in the broadcast station table 98 may be acquired by making an inquiry to the frequency DB 83 of the distribution server 12.
  • the main body connection unit 99 is an interface connected to the main body unit 22 described later. As a result, information stored in the reception information storage unit 92 such as the broadcast wave situation acquired by the antenna unit 21 can be transmitted to the main body unit 22.
  • the main unit 22 includes an antenna connection unit 101, a demodulation unit 102, a ROM 103, a RAM 104, a communication control unit 105, a reception information storage unit 106, a power supply detection unit 107, a timer 108, an operation input unit 109, a main control unit 110, and a video output unit.
  • 111 and the audio output unit 112 are main components.
  • the main control unit 110 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire receiver 4 including the main body unit 22 and the antenna unit 21 described above.
  • the information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 described above is stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit includes a storage device such as a hard disk or a flash memory.
  • the antenna connection unit 101 is an interface connected to the antenna unit 21.
  • information stored in the reception information storage unit 92 such as the broadcast wave situation acquired by the antenna unit 21 can be received by the main body unit 22.
  • the demodulator 102 demodulates the received signal based on the received information from the tuner 91 and decodes each signal.
  • the ROM 103 stores programs and fixed data, and is appropriately read from the main control unit 110.
  • the RAM 104 is used for the main control unit 110 to temporarily store data during arithmetic processing.
  • the communication control unit 105 is a communication interface that communicates with the distribution server 12 of the broadcast station 2 via the IP communication network 3.
  • the antenna unit 21 When the data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 is transmitted to the reception information storage unit 106, the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 in addition to the data (FIG. 5).
  • Device information such as a main body reception signal level when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is measured in a connected state, an IP address assigned to the receiver 4, a device ID, and power supply progress information is stored.
  • FIG. 6 is an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main unit 22.
  • the reception information storage unit 106 includes “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body reception signal level”, “external reception signal level”, “external reception signal level measurement date / time”. ”,“ Power supply progress information ”,“ Power supply elapsed time ”, and“ IP address ”are provided.
  • Each data of “power elapsed time” and “IP address” includes “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body reception signal level” stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 shown in FIG. ”,“ External reception signal level ”,“ External reception signal level measurement date / time ”,“ Power supply progress information ”,“ Power supply progress date / time ”, and“ IP address ”, respectively, and the description thereof will be omitted. .
  • “broadcast station name” may also be stored in the reception information storage unit 106, as in the distribution availability determination information DB 81.
  • “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
  • the main control unit 110 does not store the “external reception signal level” stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106, but receives the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21.
  • the data may be transmitted directly to the distribution server 12.
  • the reception information storage unit 106 may store URLs of the distribution server 12, P2P search query information, and the like in advance.
  • the URL of the distribution server 12 may be stored in the ROM 103, may be transmitted by being multiplexed with the broadcast wave of the broadcast transmission device 11, or may be obtained by accessing a specific site. May be.
  • the power source detection unit 107 detects whether or not the home power source 5 is connected.
  • the timer 108 is used when measuring the time elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5.
  • the main control unit 110 measures time with the timer 108 based on the detection signal from the power supply detection unit 107 and determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the power supply 5 was disconnected from the home power supply 5. When it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the main control unit 110 stores the information (determination flag “1”) in the reception information storage unit 106.
  • the operation input unit 109 receives an input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the main control unit 110.
  • the operation input unit 109 is, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be a voice input or the like.
  • the video output unit 111 converts the display information sent from the main control unit 110 into a display signal and displays it on the display device 6.
  • the display device 6 is, for example, a display or a television. Note that the receiver 4 may include the display device 6.
  • the audio output unit 112 converts the audio data from the main control unit 110 into an audio signal and reproduces it with the audio reproduction device 7.
  • the audio reproduction device 7 is a speaker, for example.
  • the receiver 4 may include an audio playback device 7.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the external reception status detection process.
  • the antenna unit 21 is removed from the main body unit 22 of the receiver 4 (the antenna unit 21 and the main body unit 22 are not connected).
  • the external reception status registration request is generated, for example, when the user inputs a button operation or the like indicating that the user wants to detect the external reception status from the operation input unit 94 of the antenna unit 21.
  • step S1 The control unit 96 determines whether or not there is an input of a designated area (for example, input of a zip code) from the operation input unit 94. When there is an input of the designated area (YES in step S1), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S2, and when there is no input (NO in step S1), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step 3.
  • a designated area for example, input of a zip code
  • step S2 The control unit 96 reads each frequency that can be received in the designated area from the broadcast station table 98, and causes the reception status detection unit 95 to execute tuning processing based on the read frequency information. Receiving the execution request, the reception status detection unit 95 executes tuning processing for the broadcast station 2 by the tuner 91. When the process of step S2 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4.
  • the control unit 96 causes the reception status detection unit 95 to execute an auto seek process. Receiving the execution request, the reception status detection unit 95 executes a process of checking the electric field reception intensity by the tuner 91 at predetermined frequency intervals. When the process of step S3 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4.
  • the control unit 96 associates each frequency obtained by the tuning process at step S2 or the auto seek process at step S3 with the external reception status at this frequency (in this example, information indicating the received electric field strength). At the same time, it is stored in the reception information storage unit 92. Specifically, the control unit 96 associates the value of the external reception signal level determined to be a frequency equal to or higher than a predetermined level with the reception information storage unit 92 (FIG. 3) together with the broadcast type and the broadcast frequency.
  • the broadcast type, broadcast frequency, and external reception signal level hereinafter, these pieces of information are referred to as “external reception status information” are stored in the reception information storage unit 92.
  • the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S5.
  • step S5 The control unit 96 starts measuring the timer 97.
  • step S6 the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S6.
  • the control unit 96 determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the timer 97 started timing.
  • a value such as 10 minutes or 15 minutes is set as the predetermined time, but the user takes the antenna unit 21 from the receiver 4 to the outdoors and starts the process, and then reconnects to the main unit 22. It is preferable to set appropriately considering the time until.
  • the time measurement start point of the timer 97 may be after being removed from the main body 22 (after the antenna unit 21 is not connected to the main body 22).
  • the control unit 96 moves to the process of step S7 when the predetermined time has elapsed after measurement (YES in step S6), and moves to the process of step S9 if not (NO in step S6). To do.
  • the control unit 96 deletes the external reception status information stored in the reception information storage unit 92. Specifically, the control unit 96 deletes the “external reception signal level” information stored in the reception information storage unit 92 for each broadcast station 2 specified by “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency”. If a plurality of pieces of “external reception signal level” information stored for each broadcasting station 2 specified by “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency” are stored in the reception information storage unit 92, all of them are deleted. It is preferable to do.
  • the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S8.
  • the control unit 96 displays that the “external reception signal level” information has been deleted on a display unit (not shown), and ends the processing (END).
  • the information indicating that the “external reception signal level” information has been deleted is displayed on the display device 6 to which the receiver 4 is connected after the antenna unit 21 is reconnected to the main body unit 22. Also good.
  • step S9 The control unit 96 detects whether or not the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22. When it is detected that the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 (YES in step S9), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S10, and when it is detected that the antenna unit 21 is not connected (in step S9). If NO, the process proceeds to step S6.
  • the control unit 96 transmits external reception status information to the main body unit 22. That is, when the antenna unit 21 is connected again to the main unit 22 within a predetermined time from the time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main unit 22, the external reception status information is transmitted to the main unit 22. Is done. Then, the control part 96 complete
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the external reception status information registration process.
  • step S21 The main control unit 110 determines whether or not the external reception status information (step S10 in FIG. 7) transmitted from the antenna unit 21 has been received.
  • the main control unit 110 receives the external reception status information (YES in step S21)
  • the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S22, and when the external control status information is not received (NO in step S21), the external reception status information.
  • the registration process is terminated (END).
  • the main control unit 110 stores the external reception status information transmitted from the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106 (FIG. 7), and ends the external reception status information registration process (END).
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the content distribution request process.
  • the main control unit 110 of the main body unit 22 starts the following process when a content distribution request is issued to the distribution server 12. For example, when the user operates the operation input unit 94 to view a program received by broadcast waves via the IP communication network 3, the content distribution request is generated.
  • the main control unit 110 detects whether or not a broadcast wave is being received from the broadcast station 2 (the broadcast transmission device 11) corresponding to the distribution server 12 that requested the content distribution.
  • the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S33, and when not receiving (NO in step S31), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S32.
  • step S32 The main control unit 110 tunes to the broadcast frequency of the broadcast station 2 that requested the content distribution via the tuner 91 of the antenna unit 21, and receives the broadcast wave.
  • the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S33.
  • the main control unit 110 detects the reception status of the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the content requested to be distributed. Specifically, the main control unit 110 measures the electric field reception intensity at the frequency and stores the measured value and the broadcast type in association with each other in the reception information storage unit 106. When the process of step S33 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S34.
  • the main control unit 110 is connected to the main body 22 with the device ID in the distribution server 12 of the broadcasting station 2, the external reception status information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 in step S33, and the antenna unit 21.
  • the reception status information (hereinafter, this information is referred to as main body reception status information) is uploaded.
  • main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S35.
  • the main control unit 110 transmits the content corresponding to the main body reception status information and / or the external reception status information from the broadcast station 2 (broadcast transmission device 11) in the process described later with reference to FIG. Therefore, the content is received. Specifically, content indicating that the main unit reception status information and external reception status information are bad and content cannot be performed (for example, message information that cannot be delivered because it is out of the broadcast range), main unit reception status information is good or external Since it is determined that the reception status information is good and can be distributed, the area-limited content distributed from the broadcasting station 2 is distributed, and the content is received.
  • the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S36.
  • the main control unit 110 controls the demodulation unit 102, the video output unit 111 and / or the audio output unit 112 to output the received content as video or audio output data.
  • the video output unit 111 displays the output content on the display device 6, and the audio output unit 112 plays the output content on the audio playback device 7, and ends the processing (END).
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of content distribution availability determination processing executed by the distribution server 12 shown in FIG.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 of the distribution server 12 receives the main body reception status information, external reception status information, and device information (device ID, etc.) uploaded from the receiver 4 (step S34 in FIG. 9) as follows. Start processing.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 performs device authentication and the like based on the device ID information of the receiver 4, and then determines whether or not the content can be distributed from the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. Specifically, with reference to the frequency DB 83, it is determined whether or not the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4 is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 can be received. For example, in this example, since the main body reception signal level of the main body reception status information indicates the reception electric field strength, the reception electric field strength indicated by the main body reception signal level of the main body reception status information exceeds a predetermined level. It is determined by whether or not it exists.
  • step S41 If it is determined that the distribution is possible (YES in step S41), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S44. If it is determined that the distribution is impossible (NO in step S41), the control unit 96 proceeds to step S42. Move on to processing.
  • a BER bit error rate
  • step S42 The content distribution control unit 71 performs determination processing of whether or not content distribution is possible based on the external reception status (external reception status determination processing). Details of the external reception status determination process will be described later.
  • the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S43.
  • step S43 If the determination result in step S42 is distributable (YES in step S43), the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of S44 and determines that distribution is impossible (in step S43). If NO, the process proceeds to step S47.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 determines whether there is content that can be distributed with reference to the distribution content DB 82. For example, the content stored in the distribution content DB 82 is searched for the content to be broadcast at the current time, and the distributable content is specified. If the content distribution control unit 71 determines that there is content (YES in step S44), the content distribution control unit 71 creates the data specified by referring to the distribution content DB 82 to the content creation unit 72 in a format that can be transmitted as distribution data. The process proceeds to step S45, and if it is determined that there is no content (NO in step S44), the process proceeds to step S46.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 transmits the content created by the content creation unit 72 to the receiver 4, and ends the processing (END).
  • the content distribution control unit 71 causes the content generation unit 72 to generate content to notify that and transmits it to the receiver 4, and ends the processing (END). For example, when the broadcast station 2 does not distribute content via the IP communication network 3 in the time zone, or corresponds to a maintenance period, a message indicating that there is no content that can be distributed is notified.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 causes the content creation unit 72 to create content that cannot be transmitted depending on the reception status, transmits the content to the receiver 4, and ends the processing (END). For example, when it is determined that the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 is out of the area where the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 can be received from the external reception status transmitted from the receiver 4, the content of the message “Contents cannot be distributed outside the broadcast range” Is transmitted to the receiver 4. (External reception status judgment processing) Next, with reference to FIG. 11, details of the external reception status determination processing in step S42 shown in FIG. 10 will be described.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process. Note that the following processing is started when it is determined in step S41 shown in FIG. 10 that the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 is not at a receivable level from the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. .
  • the content distribution control unit 71 performs reception status determination processing from the external reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. Specifically, the frequency DB 83 is referred to and it is determined whether or not the external reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4 is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 can be received. For example, in this example, since the external reception status indicates the received electric field strength, the determination is made based on whether or not the received electric field strength value indicated by the external reception status information exceeds a predetermined level. If the control unit 96 determines that reception is possible (YES in step S71), the process proceeds to step S72. If it is determined that reception is not possible (NO in step S71), the process proceeds to step S73. Transition.
  • a BER (bit error rate) value may be used in order to determine whether or not the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 is at a receivable level. In that case, it is necessary to provide a circuit capable of detecting BER on the receiver 4 side.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 determines that the content distribution to the receiver 4 is possible, and ends the process (RETURN).
  • the content distribution control unit 71 determines that content distribution to the receiver 4 is impossible, and ends the processing (RETURN).
  • step S41 the main body reception status information
  • step S44 the content can be distributed to the receiver 4 within the range in which broadcast waves can be received.
  • step S45 the content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1. That is, if it is determined that distribution is possible based on at least the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content can be distributed to the receiver 4 within the range in which broadcast waves can be received. YES in step S44, step S45).
  • step S41 in FIG. 10 NO in step S42, and NO in step S43
  • the content is distributed to the receiver 4. Since this is not done (step S47 in FIG. 10), content distribution to the receiver 4 outside the broadcasting range can be restricted.
  • the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8).
  • the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10).
  • S45 That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22).
  • the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
  • the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7)
  • the external reception status information is stored. Since it is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented.
  • the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
  • Embodiment 2 of the present invention will be described.
  • the main body 22 of the receiver 4 receives the measurement date / time of the external reception status transmitted from the antenna unit 21 and the main body 22 with the antenna.
  • the main body 22 of the receiver 4 receives the measurement date / time of the external reception status transmitted from the antenna unit 21 and the main body 22 with the antenna.
  • whether or not the contents can be distributed in consideration of the date and time when the distribution server 12 transmitted the content distribution request from the main body part 22 and the current time.
  • the point of determination is different from the first embodiment. Therefore, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted.
  • System 1A System 1A).
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the external reception status detection process.
  • the same step number is attached
  • step S2A When there is an input of a designated area, the control unit 96 reads each frequency that can be received in the area, and detects each reception status and current date and time. Specifically, the control unit 96 reads each frequency that can be received in the designated area from the broadcast station table 98, and performs tuning processing by the tuner 91 and the reception status detection unit 95 based on the read frequency information. In addition, the current date and time when the tuning process is performed are acquired. The current date and time can be obtained from a clock mechanism (not shown) built in the receiver 4 or an NTP server via the IP communication network 3.
  • the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4A.
  • step S3A The control unit 96 performs auto seek processing and detects the current time. Specifically, the control unit 96 executes auto seek processing by the tuner 91 and the reception status detection unit 95, and acquires the current date and time when the processing is performed. When the process of step S3A is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4A.
  • the control unit 96 associates each frequency obtained by the process of step S2A or S3A, the reception status at the frequency, and the current date and time and stores them in the reception information storage unit 92. Specifically, the control unit 96 stores “external reception signal level” information and “external reception signal level measurement date and time” for each broadcast station 2 specified by the “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency” in the reception information storage unit 92. Is stored. When the process of step S4A is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S5A.
  • step S5A The control unit 96 detects whether or not the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22. If it is detected that the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 (YES in step S5A), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S6A, and if not connected (NO in step S5A). The determination process in step S5A is continued until a connection is detected.
  • the control unit 96 transmits external reception status information to the main unit 22. That is, the external reception status information is transmitted from the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22. Then, the control part 96 complete
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the external reception status information registration process.
  • the same step number is attached
  • the main control unit 110 compares the time data when the external reception status is measured with the date and time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22, and determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed.
  • a value such as 10 minutes or 15 minutes is set as the predetermined time, but the time from when the user takes the antenna unit 21 to the outdoors and starts the process until the user reconnects with the main body unit 22 is determined. It is preferable to set appropriately considering the above.
  • the main control unit 110 compares the time data when the external reception status is measured with the date and time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main unit 22, and if it has not elapsed (YES in step S21A), the main control unit 110 performs step S22B. If the process proceeds to (NO in step S21A), the process proceeds to step S22A.
  • S22A The main control unit 110 ends the processing without storing the external reception status of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106 (END).
  • the main control unit 110 stores the external reception status of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106 and ends the processing (END).
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process.
  • the date and time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 and the measurement date and time of the external reception signal level are compared, and only those that have not passed within a predetermined time are stored in the reception information storage unit 106.
  • This is different from the determination process of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 14 illustrates only the differences from the details of the external reception status determination process illustrated in FIG. 11 according to the first embodiment, and the content distribution permission determination process as a whole is illustrated in FIG. 10 according to the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
  • step S71A If it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71 (YES in step S71), the content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81 and is associated with the receiver 4. The storage date and time of the external reception status information is compared with the date and time when the content distribution request is transmitted, and it is determined whether or not distribution is possible. If distribution is possible (YES in step S71A), the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to step S83, and if not possible (NO in step S71A), the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to processing in step S73.
  • the case where distribution is impossible is specifically the measurement date and time before the predetermined period such as one week or one month before the date and time when the measurement date and time of the external reception status information has transmitted the content distribution request. If it is, it is determined that delivery is impossible and it is not accepted.
  • content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1A according to the second embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, step S45).
  • step S71 in FIG. 14 when it is not determined that delivery is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 14, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 14), the content distribution to the receiver 4 outside the broadcasting range can be restricted.
  • step S21A when the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 in a state where it is detached from the main body unit 22 has not passed for a predetermined time from the measurement time point until the main unit unit 22 is connected (FIG. 13). NO in step S21A), the external reception status information is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main unit 22, and is transmitted to the distribution server 12 at the time of content distribution request (step S34 in FIG. 9), based on the external reception status information. If it is determined that the content can be received (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step S45 in FIG. 10).
  • the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22).
  • the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
  • the content distribution area is limited depending on the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • step S21A in FIG. 13 when a predetermined time has passed from the measurement date / time of the external reception signal level when the antenna unit 21 is detached from the main body unit 22 to the connection to the main body unit 22 again. (YES in step S21A in FIG. 13), since it is not stored in the main body unit 22 (step S22A in FIG. 13), content is not distributed as a result, and unauthorized distribution can be prevented.
  • the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
  • Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described.
  • the external reception status determination processing on the distribution server 12 side it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the last time the content was received in the external reception status determination processing. This is different from the determination process of the first embodiment. Accordingly, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted (hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system of the third embodiment, information distribution will be described. System 1B).
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process. 15 illustrates only the differences from the details of the external reception status determination process illustrated in FIG. 11 of the first embodiment, and the content distribution permission determination process as a whole is illustrated in FIG. 10 of the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
  • step S71B If it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71 (YES in step S71), the content distribution control unit 71 determines the device ID, the date and time when it is determined that distribution is possible, and the external reception status information at that time. It is stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81. When the process of step S71B is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S71C.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81, and compares the data at the time when it is determined that the receiver 4 can be distributed last time with the current data. Note that the data at the time when it was determined that the previous distribution is possible is, for example, whether the distribution server 12 side receives the content distribution request and determines whether the content can be distributed in the content distribution availability determination process. Data that is stored in association with the determination information DB 81 and determined at the date and time closest to the current determination date and time can be regarded as data that has been determined to be distributable last time.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 determines that transmission is possible because there is no determination target when there is no data determined to be distributed last time (YES in step S71C), and proceeds to the processing of step S72. To do. On the other hand, if there is a date and time that it has been determined that the content can be distributed last time, the content distribution control unit 71 further determines whether or not a predetermined period has elapsed compared to the current date and time stored in step S71B.
  • the predetermined period in step S72 is, for example, when the measurement date and time of the previous external reception status information is a measurement date and time before a predetermined period such as one week or one month before the current date and time. It is determined that a predetermined period has elapsed.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 determines that distribution is possible within a predetermined period, and proceeds to the process of step S72. On the other hand, if the predetermined period has elapsed, the content distribution control unit 71 determines that distribution is not possible, and proceeds to the process of step S73. In addition, although it determined only by whether the predetermined period passed, you may add the following determination. For example, when it is determined in step S71C that the predetermined period has elapsed, the content distribution control unit 71 compares the external reception status information in the previous data and the current data.
  • content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1B of the third embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, S45).
  • step S71 in FIG. 15 when it is not determined that delivery is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 15, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 15), the content distribution to the receiver 4 outside the broadcasting range can be restricted.
  • the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8).
  • the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10).
  • S45 That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22).
  • the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
  • the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7)
  • the external reception status Since the information is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and the content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented.
  • the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
  • the distribution server 12 side compares the date / time when it was determined that the previous distribution is possible and the date / time when it was newly determined that the distribution is possible this time, and if the predetermined period has not passed, It is determined that the content can be distributed (steps S71C and S72 in FIG. 15). Thereby, since the same distribution availability determination result is obtained within a predetermined period, it is estimated that the probability that the user is moving the receiver 4 is low, and content distribution can be permitted.
  • the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the third embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the first embodiment.
  • the same method as the registration process (FIG. 8) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 13) executed by the receiver 4 in the second embodiment are employed. You may do it.
  • Embodiment 4 of the present invention will be described.
  • the IP address information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4 is uploaded to the distribution server 12 together with the content distribution request process, and the content distribution determination is performed using the information.
  • the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system in the fourth embodiment, the information distribution is described.
  • System 1C System 1C
  • FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process.
  • FIG. 16 only the differences from the details of the external reception status determination process shown in FIG. 11 according to the first embodiment will be described.
  • the content distribution availability determination process as a whole is shown in FIG. 10 according to the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
  • step S71D When it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71, the content distribution control unit 71 distributes the device ID and IP address of the receiver 4 and the external reception status information at that time to determine whether the content can be distributed. To remember. When the process of step S71D is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S71E.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81, and compares the IP address information at the time when it is determined that the distribution is possible last time with the IP address information determined as the distribution possible at this step S71. If there is no data that has been determined to be distributable last time (YES in step S71E), the content distribution control unit 71 determines that there is no determination target and determines that distribution is possible, and the process proceeds to step S72. On the other hand, the content distribution control unit 71 determines that distribution is not possible when the IP addresses do not match, and proceeds to the process of step S71F.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 differs in the numerical value of the external reception signal level stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 or the date and time when the external reception status information is measured. If the received signal level is different, the content determination is performed only with the different external reception signal level. If the received signal level is equal to or higher than the predetermined reception level, it is determined that the content can be distributed, and the process may proceed to step S72. .
  • step S71F The content distribution control unit 71 deletes the current IP address information stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 in step S71D.
  • step S71F the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S73.
  • content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1C of the fourth embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, S45).
  • step S71 in step S71A when it is not determined that distribution is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 16, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 16), the content distribution to the receiver 4 that is out of the broadcasting range can be restricted.
  • the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8).
  • the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10).
  • S45 That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22).
  • the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
  • the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7)
  • the external reception status Since the information is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and the content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented.
  • the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
  • the distribution server 12 side receives the IP address assigned to the receiver 4 when it is determined that the previous distribution is possible and the reception when it is newly determined that the distribution is possible this time.
  • the IP address assigned to the machine 4 is compared, and if they match, it is determined that the content can be distributed (steps S71E and S72 in FIG. 16).
  • the distribution server 12 determines that the content distribution request has been made from the same location (or the same environment) as the location where the receiver 4 was previously set when the content distribution request was made, or a substantially similar location. Then, it can be determined that content distribution is possible.
  • the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the fourth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the first embodiment.
  • the same method as the registration process (FIG. 8) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 13) executed by the receiver 4 in the second embodiment are employed. You may do it.
  • Embodiment 5 of the present invention will be described.
  • the power supply progress information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4 is uploaded to the distribution server 12 together with the content distribution request process, and the content distribution determination is performed using the information.
  • the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system in the fifth embodiment, information distribution is performed.
  • System 1D System 1D
  • FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process executed by the distribution server 12 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. Note that FIG. 17 illustrates only differences from the details of the external reception status determination process illustrated in FIG. 11 according to the first embodiment, and the content distribution permission determination process as a whole is illustrated in FIG. 10 according to the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
  • step S71G When it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71, the content distribution control unit 71 stores the device ID and the power supply progress information that is external reception status information in the distribution availability determination information DB 81. When the process of step S71G is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S71H.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81 to determine whether or not content distribution is possible from the power supply progress information of the receiver 4.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81 to search for data related to the receiver 4, and when the power history information of the receiver 4 is “0” or blank data (step) If YES in S71H, it is determined that “delivery is possible”. If the power supply progress information is “1”, the date and time when the power supply progress information is stored and the date and time when the external reception status is measured are further compared. .
  • step S71H when the date and time when the external reception status is measured is new (YES in step S71H), the content distribution control unit 71 determines that the process is in step S72 and falls under “distributable”, and the power supply progress information If the date and time is new (NO in step S71H), the process proceeds to step S73, and it is determined that it corresponds to “distribution impossible”. If there is a plurality of power supply progress information, the power supply elapsed date and time stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 is compared with the latest one.
  • content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1D of the fifth embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, S45).
  • step S71 in FIG. 17 when it is not determined that delivery is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 17, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 17), the content distribution to the receiver 4 that is out of the broadcasting range can be restricted.
  • the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8).
  • the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10).
  • S45 That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22).
  • the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22.
  • the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
  • the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
  • the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7)
  • the external reception status Since the information is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and the content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented.
  • the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
  • the presence / absence of the power supply progress information is determined, and when the power supply progress information is present, the reception status is detected by moving the receiver 4 illegally other than moving in the house. Since there is a possibility that it is an action, since the control of disallowing content distribution is performed for the external reception status information recorded after the date and time when the power supply progress information is stored, it is possible to appropriately determine whether or not the content can be distributed. .
  • the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the fifth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the first embodiment.
  • the same method as the registration process (FIG. 8) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 13) executed by the receiver 4 in the second embodiment are employed. You may do it.
  • Embodiment 6 of the present invention will be described.
  • the configuration of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 is different from that of the first embodiment. Accordingly, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system of the sixth embodiment, information distribution System 1E).
  • FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a broadcast transmitting apparatus 11A according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • the broadcast transmitting device 11A is different from the other embodiments, and therefore only the broadcast transmitting device 11A will be described.
  • the content distribution process performed between the distribution server 12 and the receiver 4 may be any one of the above-described first to fifth embodiments.
  • the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11A includes a control unit 31A and a server communication unit 33A.
  • the control unit 31A includes a broadcast audio signal output unit 41A, a timing control unit 42A, a broadcast material acquisition unit 43A, a multiplexed information generation unit 44A, and a multiplexing unit.
  • the conversion unit 45A is a main component.
  • the broadcast audio signal output unit 41A outputs an audio signal of a program that has already been recorded.
  • the timing control unit 42A is a part that controls so that multiplexed information, which will be described later, can be sent to the broadcast audio signal at a predetermined timing.
  • the broadcast material acquisition unit 43A creates broadcast content other than broadcast content. For example, when a signal directly generated from a camera or microphone (not shown) (for example, video data or audio data of a live broadcast program or a live broadcast program) is input, the broadcast material acquisition unit 43A receives data for these broadcast contents. It is converted into a format, created as content data, and supplied to the multiplexing unit 45A.
  • the multiplexing information generation unit 44A when a music piece in a broadcast program is being broadcast, the multiplexing information generation unit 44A generates music information such as an artist name and a music name of the music as multiplexing information and supplies the music information to the multiplexing unit 45A. To do.
  • the multiplexing unit 45A performs broadcasting by multiplexing the multiplexed information with the broadcast audio signal. Also, URL and P2P search query information may be included as multiplexed information.
  • the information distribution system 1E having the above-described configuration adopts any one of the above-described first to fifth embodiments for content distribution processing performed between the distribution server 12 and the receiver 4. Each of the effects 5 to 5 can be achieved.
  • Example 7 of the present invention will be described.
  • the seventh embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that execution is performed up to the determination of whether or not the content provided from the distribution server 12 is output on the receiving device 4 side. Therefore, although illustration and description of the overall configuration of the information distribution system 1 according to the first embodiment illustrated in FIG. 1 are omitted, the configuration of each device is different, and therefore each device will be described (hereinafter, the embodiment will be described). 7 is referred to as the information distribution system 1F for convenience).
  • FIG. 19 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of the broadcast transmission device 11 and the distribution server 12 included in the broadcast station 2 according to the seventh embodiment.
  • the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 which the broadcast station 2 which concerns on Example 7 shown in FIG. 19 has is the same as the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 which the broadcast station 2 shown in FIG. 2 has, the same code
  • the distribution server 12 includes a control unit 96, a broadcast device communication unit 62, a storage unit 63, and an IP communication control unit 64.
  • the control unit 96 includes a CPU, RAM, ROM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU reads various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executes them in cooperation.
  • Each function of the content distribution control unit 71 and the content creation unit 72 is realized.
  • the broadcast device communication unit 62 is a communication interface that receives content from the server communication unit 33 of the broadcast transmission device 11.
  • the storage unit 63 stores a distribution content DB 82 and a frequency DB 83, and the storage unit 63 includes a storage device such as an HDD or a flash memory.
  • the IP communication control unit 64 is a communication interface that performs communication with the receiver 4 via the IP communication network 3.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 performs content authentication in response to a content distribution request from the receiver 4 after performing device authentication or the like based on the device ID information of the receiver 4. Note that the content distribution control unit 71 distributes content regardless of whether the content requested from the receiver 4 is area-limited.
  • the content creation unit 72 generates content to be distributed to the receiver 4 that is distributed by the content distribution control unit 71. For example, the content creation unit 72 reads content to be distributed from the distribution content DB 82.
  • the content distributed to the receiver 4 may be a content requested by the receiver 4 or a content linked to the program may be generated.
  • the content creation unit 72 may generate the requested content when the receiver 4 requests specific content, and may automatically generate and transmit the program-linked content otherwise. .
  • the distribution content DB 82 stores broadcast data transmitted from the MUX unit 45 of the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 via a dedicated line.
  • the contents stored in the distribution content DB 82 include program-linked contents related to the broadcast data, contents that can be distributed even after the broadcast ends (contents that can be distributed regardless of real time), and the above-mentioned area-limited contents. Contents that are not things are also stored.
  • the frequency DB 83 stores the frequency and name of the broadcasting station 2 that can be received for each region.
  • the distribution server 12 In response to an acquisition request from the receiver 4, the distribution server 12 generates data that becomes a broadcast station list in which the designated area is estimated to be a broadcast range by referring to the frequency DB 83, and generates the generated data. Can be provided.
  • the distribution server 12 distributes the broadcast content provided by the broadcast transmission device 11, content related to the broadcast content, and other content via the IP communication network 3 to the receiver 4 that has requested the content distribution. .
  • FIG. 20 is a configuration diagram of the receiver 4 shown in FIG.
  • the receiver 4 includes an antenna unit 21 and a main body unit 22 as main components.
  • the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 with a dedicated cable.
  • the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 2 is received in a better reception condition than indoors. can do.
  • the antenna unit 21 includes a tuner 91, a reception information storage unit 92, a battery 93, an operation input unit 94, a reception status detection unit 95, a control unit 96, a timer 97, a broadcast station table 98, and a main body connection unit. 99 is the main component.
  • the control unit 96 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire antenna unit 21.
  • the reception information storage unit 92 and the broadcast station table 98 described above are stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit is composed of a storage device such as a ROM or a flash memory, for example.
  • the tuner 91 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 via the antenna 21 ⁇ / b> A and supplies a reception signal to the main unit 22. Further, the tuner 91 supplies the reception state (for example, received electric field strength) of the broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 to the control unit 96.
  • the reception information storage unit 92 is a storage part in which the reception status of each broadcasting station 2 received by the antenna unit 21 is stored.
  • FIG. 21 is an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 21, the reception information storage unit 92 is provided with columns such as “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, “external reception signal level measurement date”.
  • broadcast type In the “broadcast type” column (hereinafter simply referred to as “broadcast type”, the same applies to other columns), broadcast types such as FM, AM, terrestrial digital, BS, and CS are stored.
  • the “external reception signal level” includes an external reception signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when measured by the antenna unit 21 in a state where the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 is not connected to the main body unit 22.
  • a numerical value (unit: dB) indicating the received signal level is stored.
  • “External reception signal level measurement date / time” stores the date / time information at which the “external reception signal level” was measured.
  • reception detection processing is performed a plurality of times for the broadcasting station 2 specified by the same “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency”, the “external reception signal level” and “external reception” stored so far are stored.
  • the information of “signal level measurement date” is overwritten.
  • a storage area corresponding to the number of times or a predetermined number of times may be provided and stored.
  • the reception information storage unit 92 may store “broadcast station name” in addition to the above “broadcast type”. In this case, “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
  • the battery 93 is a power supply means for supplying power to the antenna unit 21.
  • the operation input unit 94 is an input unit that receives an operation from the user. For example, it is used when the user inputs current position information, and a zip code or the like can be input.
  • the control unit 96 can specify the frequency table corresponding to the area by referring to the frequency DB 83 based on the zip code input from the operation input unit 94. Further, it is used when a user inputs the reception status registration request when he / she wants to take the antenna unit 21 outdoors to register the reception status.
  • the reception status detection unit 95 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast transmission device 11 of the broadcast station 2 based on the reception status detection instruction from the control unit 96.
  • the reception status detection unit 95 is configured by an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal, and a value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the main control unit 110.
  • the generation circuit for example, a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit can be provided so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected. By using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit described above, it is possible to detect the broadcast wave reception status.
  • the timer 97 is used when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is started or when the time from the end of the determination to the connection to the main unit 22 is counted.
  • the control unit 96 can determine whether or not the antenna unit 21 has been connected to the main unit 22 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the reception status was detected by the timer 97. By this determination, it is possible to prevent the content from the distribution server 12 from being acquired due to user injustice.
  • the broadcast station table 98 includes broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 that can be received for each area specified by a postal code, a predetermined value (a predetermined level value) of electric field reception intensity that can be received at each broadcast frequency, It consists of information such as the broadcast station name of the broadcast station 2. Based on the zip code information input from the operation input unit 94, the control unit 96 refers to the broadcast station table 98 and can receive the broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the area and the broadcast frequency. A value of a predetermined level of the electric field reception intensity can be specified. The control unit 96 of the antenna unit 21 can perform the tuning process by the tuner 91 more quickly by using the broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 specified with reference to the broadcast station table 98.
  • the reception availability determination unit 113 of the main body unit 22 compares the measured value with the value of the electric field reception intensity that can be received at the frequency of the broadcast station 2 specified with reference to the broadcast station table 98. It is possible to determine whether or not reception is possible from the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the broadcast frequency.
  • the broadcast station table 98 may be provided not only in the antenna unit 21 but also in the main body unit 22.
  • the above-mentioned information included in the broadcast station table 98 may be stored in the reception information storage unit of the receiver 4 by inquiring the frequency DB 83 of the distribution server 12.
  • the main body connection unit 99 is an interface for connecting the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22 described later.
  • the main control unit 110 measures the reception status in a state where the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 via the main body connection unit 99
  • the main control unit 110 processes the measurement information as “main body reception status information”
  • the reception state is measured in a state where the antenna unit 21 is not connected to the unit 22 via the main body connection unit 99
  • the measurement information is processed as “external reception state information”.
  • the main unit 22 includes an antenna connection unit 101, a demodulation unit 102, a ROM 103, a RAM 104, a communication control unit 105, a reception information storage unit 106, a power supply detection unit 107, a timer 108, an operation input unit 109, a main control unit 110, and a video output unit.
  • 111, the audio output unit 112, the reception availability determination unit 113, and the reception availability determination information DB 114 are main components.
  • the main control unit 110 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire receiver 4 including the main body unit 22 and the antenna unit 21 described above.
  • the information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 and the reception availability determination information DB 114 described above is stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit is, for example, from a storage device such as a hard disk or a flash memory. Composed.
  • the antenna connection unit 101 is an interface connected to the antenna unit 21.
  • the main control unit 110 detects the reception state with the antenna unit 21 connected to the main body unit 22, the main control unit 110 processes the reception state as the main body reception state.
  • the demodulator 102 demodulates the received signal based on the received information from the tuner 91 and decodes each signal.
  • the ROM 103 stores programs and fixed data, and is appropriately read from the main control unit 110.
  • the RAM 104 is used for the main control unit 110 to temporarily store data during arithmetic processing.
  • the communication control unit 105 is a communication interface that communicates with the distribution server 12 of the broadcast station 2 via the IP communication network 3.
  • the data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 is transmitted to the reception information storage unit 106, the data (FIG. 21) is stored.
  • the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is measured with the antenna unit 21 connected to the main unit 22, the received signal level of the main unit, the IP address assigned to the receiver 4, the device ID, and the power history Information such as information is stored.
  • FIG. 22 shows an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main unit 22 shown in FIG.
  • the received information storage unit 106 includes “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body received signal level”, “external received signal level”, “external received signal level measurement date / time”. ”,“ Power supply progress information ”,“ Power supply elapsed time ”, and“ IP address ”are provided.
  • the data of “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date” shown in FIG. 22 are stored in the reception information storage unit 92 shown in FIG.
  • reception information storage unit 106 may store “broadcast station name” in addition to the above “broadcast type”, similarly to the reception information storage unit 92 described above.
  • “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
  • identification number information that can uniquely identify the receiver 4 is stored as the device ID of the receiver 4. This identification number information is used, for example, for device authentication processing when making a content distribution request to the distribution server 12.
  • the “main body received signal level” is a numerical value indicating the received signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when the antenna section 21 of the receiver 4 is connected to the main body section 22 as the main body received signal level. (Unit is dB) is stored.
  • the “power supply progress information” stores a flag for determining whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5 as the power supply progress information.
  • the “power supply progress information” column “1” is stored when a predetermined time has passed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5, and “0” when the receiver 4 has not passed. Is stored.
  • the “power elapsed time” stores the date and time when a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power source 5 as the power elapsed time.
  • the predetermined time after the receiver 4 is disconnected from the household power supply 5 is assumed to be the movement of the receiver 4 in the house, and the receiver 4 is attached to another place with the receiver 4 For example, it is preferably set within a range of about 15 to 30 minutes so that the date and time when this time has elapsed since the power supply was removed is stored.
  • IP address IP address information assigned to the receiver 4 is stored as an IP address.
  • the main control unit 110 may not store the “external reception signal level” stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106.
  • the power source detection unit 107 detects whether or not the home power source 5 is connected.
  • the timer 108 is used when measuring the time elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5.
  • the main control unit 110 measures time with the timer 108 based on the detection signal from the power supply detection unit 107 and determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the power supply 5 was disconnected from the home power supply 5. When it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the main control unit 110 stores the information (determination flag “1”) in the reception information storage unit 106.
  • the operation input unit 109 receives an input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the main control unit 110.
  • the operation input unit 109 is, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be a voice input or the like.
  • the video output unit 111 converts the display information sent from the main control unit 110 into a display signal and displays it on the display device 6.
  • the display device 6 is, for example, a display or a television. Note that the receiver 4 may include the display device 6.
  • the audio output unit 112 converts the audio data from the main control unit 110 into an audio signal and reproduces it with the audio reproduction device 7.
  • the audio reproduction device 7 is a speaker, for example.
  • the receiver 4 may include an audio playback device 7.
  • the reception availability determination unit 113 determines whether the content can be received from the main body reception status information and the external reception status information in the receiver 4. Specifically, if the receiver 4 can determine that the receiver 4 is within the broadcast range of the broadcast station 2 (the reception sensitivity is equal to or higher than a predetermined level), the reception availability determination unit 113 can receive content from the distribution server 12. Is determined. If the content requested from the receiver 4 is not limited to the area, it is determined that the content can be received regardless of whether the receiver 4 is a receivable area of the broadcasting station 2 or not. The details of the content reception availability determination process of the reception availability determination unit 113 will be described later.
  • the receivability determination information DB 114 is a DB having past information about whether or not the receiver 4 can receive content. Accordingly, the receiver 4 (reception availability determination unit 113) determines whether or not reception is possible based on the information stored in the reception information storage unit of the receiver 4, and stores the information in the reception availability determination information DB 114. By referring to information stored in the past, it is possible to determine whether or not the receiver 4 can receive signals.
  • the external reception status information registration process executed by the receiver 4 according to the seventh embodiment is the same as the external reception status information registration process (FIG. 8) executed by the receiver 4 according to the first embodiment. .
  • FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the content reception availability determination process.
  • the main control unit 110 of the main body unit 22 starts the following process when a content reception request is issued to the distribution server 12. For example, when the user operates the operation input unit 94 to view a program received by broadcast waves via the IP communication network 3, the content distribution request is generated.
  • Step S31 The main control unit 110 detects whether or not content is being received by broadcast waves from the broadcast station 2 that has requested content reception from the user. If the content is not being received from the broadcast station 2 by broadcast waves (NO in step S31), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S32, and if it is being received by broadcast waves (in step S31). YES), the process proceeds to step S33.
  • Step S32 The main control unit 110 receives the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 that has requested content reception. Specifically, the main control unit 110 specifies the broadcast wave frequency information of the broadcast station 2 with reference to the broadcast station table 98, and performs tuning processing based on the specified broadcast frequency information in the reception status detection unit 95. Let it run. Receiving the execution request, the reception status detection unit 95 performs a tuning process to the broadcast frequency of the broadcast station 2 by the tuner 91. When the process of step S32 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S33.
  • Step S33 The main control unit 110 detects the broadcast reception status from the broadcast station 2.
  • the main control unit 110 stores in the reception information storage unit 106 the main body reception status information (main body reception signal level) of the broadcast station 2 detected by the process of step S33.
  • the main body reception status information of the broadcasting station 2 is already stored in the reception information storage unit 106, it is overwritten.
  • the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S34.
  • Step S34 The main control unit 110 causes the reception availability determination unit 113 to determine whether the content can be received from the broadcast reception status detected by the process of step S33. Based on the main body reception status information stored in the reception information storage unit 106, the reception availability determination unit 113 determines whether the content can be received with reference to the broadcast station table 98. Specifically, the main body received signal level of the broadcast frequency is compared with a predetermined level value of the electric field reception intensity associated with the receivable broadcast frequency stored in the broadcast station table 98. If it is the above value, it is determined that the content can be received via the IP communication network 3, and if the value is less than a predetermined level, the content cannot be received via the IP communication network 3. judge. If it is determined that the content can be received (YES in step S34), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process in step S35 and determines that the content cannot be received. If YES (NO in step S34), the process proceeds to step S36.
  • Step S35 The main control unit 110 transmits a content reception request to the distribution server 12, and receives the content via the IP communication network 3. Then, the main control unit 110 controls the demodulation unit 102 and the video output unit 111 and / or the audio output unit 112 to output the received content as video or audio output data.
  • the video output unit 111 displays the output content on the display device 6, and the audio output unit 112 plays the output content on the audio playback device 7 and ends the process.
  • Step S36 The main control unit 110 performs content reception availability determination processing (external reception status determination processing) from the external reception status of the receiver 4. Details of the external reception status determination process will be described later.
  • the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S37.
  • Step S37 The main control unit 110 determines whether or not content can be received from the determination in the external reception status determination process in step S36. If the main control unit 110 determines that the content can be received from the determination in the external reception status determination process in step S36 (YES in step S37), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process in step S35 and cannot receive the content. (NO in step S37), the process proceeds to step S38.
  • Step S38 The main control unit 110 outputs a display to the effect that it cannot be received to the display device 6 and ends the process.
  • content reception control is performed on the receiver 4 side in the information distribution system 1F. That is, if it is determined that reception is possible at least in the main body reception status (YES in step S34 in FIG. 23), the receiver 4 within the range in which broadcast waves can be received makes a content reception request to the distribution server 12. The received content can be output (step S35 in FIG. 23).
  • Step S73 when it is not determined that reception is possible in either the main body reception situation or the external reception situation (NO in S34 of FIG. 23, S36, NO in Step S71 of FIG. 9, Step S73), the content to the receiver 4 is received. Since this is not possible, the receiver 4 that is out of the broadcasting range can restrict receiving content from the distribution server 12.
  • step S72 when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception state by the antenna unit 21 in a state where it is not connected to the main body unit 22 (YES in step S36 in FIG. 23 and step S71 in FIG. 9).
  • step S72 the content is distributed from the distribution server 12 (step S43 in FIG. 9). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22).
  • the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22.
  • the main body unit 22 can be similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can be received.
  • the content reception area is limited depending on the reception status of the broadcast, but the content can be appropriately received even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the content cannot be received via the IP communication network 3 due to a bad situation.
  • the antenna unit 21 is not reconnected to the main unit 22 within a predetermined time, the content cannot be received (steps S7 and S8 in FIG. 6), so that unauthorized use can be prevented.
  • the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content.
  • the eighth embodiment has the same configuration as each device shown in the seventh embodiment.
  • the reconnection of the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22 is performed within a predetermined time. If the process is not performed, the process for deleting the external reception status information (the process corresponding to steps S5 to S8 in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment) is not executed, and the external reception status information registration process is performed.
  • the main unit 22 of the receiver 4 stores the data in consideration of the measurement date and time of the external reception status transmitted from the antenna unit 21 and the date and time when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit 22 and the content.
  • the content reception availability determination is performed using the power supply progress information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4, which is different from the process of the seventh embodiment. Accordingly, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the seventh embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted (hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system in the eighth embodiment, information distribution will be described. System 1G).
  • the external reception status detection process executed by the receiver 4 according to the eighth embodiment is the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) executed by the receiver 4 according to the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
  • the information distribution system 1G determines the presence / absence of the power supply progress information. Since there is a possibility that it is an action of moving the receiver 4 to detect the reception status, the external reception status information recorded after the date and time when the power supply progress information is stored is not permitted to receive content. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately determine whether or not the content can be received.
  • the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the eighth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the seventh embodiment. These methods may be employed.
  • Embodiment 9 of the present invention will be described.
  • the ninth embodiment is different from the processing of the seventh embodiment in that the content reception availability determination is performed using the IP address information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4. Therefore, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the seventh embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system of the ninth embodiment, information distribution is performed).
  • System 1H System 1H).
  • the information distribution system 1H determines that the IP address assigned to the device itself when it was determined to be able to be distributed last time and that it can be newly distributed this time.
  • the IP address assigned to the device itself is compared, and if they match, it is determined that the content can be distributed.
  • the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the ninth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG.
  • Embodiment 10 of the present invention will be described.
  • the broadcasting station 2 of the seventh embodiment transmits an analog broadcast. Since the configuration of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 is the same as that in FIG. 18, the illustration and description thereof are omitted, but the content distribution processing performed between the distribution server 12 and the receiver 4 is described in the seventh to seventh embodiments. By adopting any of the nine methods, the effects of the seventh to ninth embodiments can be obtained.
  • the area is limited depending on the reception status, the antenna unit 21 is detachable, and the user carries the antenna unit 21 outdoors and returns it to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time. Therefore, when the reception status can be satisfactorily received in the vicinity of the home, the reception is possible for the connected terminal.
  • the receiver 4 is difficult to receive, such as when changing the layout of a house, even after moving in a place where reception is good and moving to an environment where reception is difficult within a predetermined time, The distribution data can be received.
  • the reception time of the external antenna because it is limited by the reception time of the external antenna, the elapsed time since the last reception, the match of the IP address, the predetermined time after the power is turned off, etc. After receiving, it is now possible to forbid reception beyond the broadcast wave reception area.
  • information such as a stationary type, a mobile type, or an in-vehicle type is given by the device ID or device type information of the receiver 4, and this process may be performed only in the case of the stationary type.
  • the broadcast station 2 may notify the presence / absence of program-linked content by an audio signal.
  • the presence / absence of linked content may be notified during broadcast broadcasting of a broadcast wave.
  • the presenter may introduce the program in a program or stream it as a telop.
  • the presence or absence of linked content may be detected by voice recognition or image recognition.
  • the distribution server 12 of each embodiment described above refers to the external reception status information and determines whether or not the content can be distributed only when it is not determined that reception is possible based on the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4.
  • only the external reception status information may be transmitted from the receiver 4, and it may be determined whether or not the content can be output to the receiver 4 based on the external reception status information.
  • the distribution server 12 in each of the embodiments described above includes the distribution permission / inhibition determination information DB 81 and the distribution content DB 82, but as a modification, a server including the distribution permission / inhibition determination information DB 81 and a server including the distribution content DB 82. And may be separated.
  • the server including the distribution availability determination information DB 81 performs content distribution availability of each broadcasting station 2 in a concentrated manner, and the receiver 4 sets the distribution content DB 82 based on the content availability determination.
  • the provided server may deliver the content.
  • the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 in each of the above-described embodiments is configured to be physically separable from the main body unit 22, but as another modified example, the antenna unit 21 that cannot be physically removed is provided.
  • An antenna that is configured by a receiver 4 that has the function of the antenna unit 21 that is different from the receiver 4 and that cannot physically remove the reception status of the device that has the function of the antenna unit 21 You may make it transmit to USB receiver etc. to the receiver 4 which has the part 21.
  • FIG. In this case, the reception status detected by the antenna unit 21 that cannot be physically removed is handled as the above-mentioned “main body reception status information” and received by a device having the function of the antenna unit 21 different from the receiver 4. The situation is handled as the “external reception status information” described above.
  • the receiver 4 having the main body 22 and the antenna unit 21 described above is not necessarily a set of products, and the antenna unit 21 is sold separately for a device having the function of the main body 22,
  • the receiver 4 may be configured by combining the device and the antenna unit 21.
  • a program that realizes the function of the main unit 22 is installed in a device that does not originally have the function of the receiver 4 (for example, a PC), and the above-described receiver is received by the installed PC and the separately sold antenna unit 21. 4 may be configured.
  • the distribution server 12 refers to the external reception status information only when it is not determined that reception is possible based on the main body reception status information of the receiver 4, and the content of the content is transmitted to the receiver 4. Although it has been determined whether delivery is possible, in addition to this, only the external reception status information of the receiver 4 or only the main body reception status information of the receiver 4 is referred to, and only this external reception status information or the main body reception status Whether or not the content can be distributed to the receiver 4 may be determined based only on the information.
  • the content distribution control unit 71 of the distribution server 12 receives information indicating the reception status of the broadcast wave from the receiver 4 and determines whether the content can be distributed based on the reception status. If the content requested from the device 4 is not limited to the area, the content may be distributed to the receiver 4 regardless of the result of the broadcast station 2 distribution determination.
  • a client server type network system that downloads content from the broadcast transmission device 11 of the broadcast station 2 is adopted.
  • a P2P type network system may be used.
  • the content request to the broadcast transmitting device 11 of the broadcast station 2 is transmitted as a search query, and information indicating the reception status is also transmitted.
  • the content is only transferred if the information indicating the reception status satisfies a reference value.
  • Information about the peers that are held may be transmitted, and content may be downloaded from the peers.
  • each unit described in the above-described embodiments may be configured by a program, and the program may be installed in an information processing apparatus (computer) to realize each unit as a function.
  • the program can be directly installed on a computer from a medium stored in a state where the program is executed.
  • the program may be installed on a remote computer via a network.
  • Information distribution system 2 ... Broadcasting station 3 ... IP communication network (communication medium different from broadcast wave), 4 ... Receiver (an example of an information receiving device and an information receiving control device), 5 ... Home power supply (power supply) 6 ... display device, 7: Audio playback device, 11, 11A ... broadcast transmission device (part of broadcast station), 12 ... Distribution server (an example of an information distribution device and an information distribution control device), 21 ... Antenna part, 21A ... antenna, 22 ... body part, 23 ... Data broadcasting creation part, 31, 31A ... control unit, 32... Storage unit, 33, 33A ... Server communication unit, 41 ... content stream creation unit, 41A: Broadcast audio signal output unit, 42A timing control unit, 42 ... EPG information creation unit, 43 ...
  • Reception status detection unit 96 ... control unit, 97 ⁇ ⁇ ⁇ Timer, 98 ... broadcast station table, 99 ... main body connection part, 101 ... Antenna connection part, 102 ... demodulator, 103 ... ROM, 104 ... RAM, 105 ... communication control unit, 106: Received information storage unit, 107... Power detection unit, 108 ... Timer, 109 ... operation input unit, 110... Main control unit (content receiving means) 111 ... Video output unit, 112 ... audio output unit, 113 ... Receivability determination unit (content reception determination unit), 114... Receivability determination information DB

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Two-Way Televisions, Distribution Of Moving Picture Or The Like (AREA)

Abstract

In order to easily perform control for delivering a content to a broadcast range, provided is a delivery server (12) (information delivery control device) for delivering a content into the reception range of a broadcast wave from a broadcast transmission device (11) (broadcast station) via an IP communication network (3) (a communication medium different from the broadcast wave), said delivery server (12) comprising: a content delivery permission/non-permission determination means for determining, on the basis of the reception state of the broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device (11) in a state where in a receiver (4) (information reception device) comprising a body part (22) and an antenna part (21) that can be connected to the body part (22), the antenna part (21) is connected to the body part (22), and the reception state of the broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device (11) in a state where the antenna part is not connected to the body part, whether the delivery of the content in response to a content delivery request from the receiver (4) is permitted or not; and a content delivery means for delivering the content to the receiver (4) according to the result of the determination.

Description

情報配信制御装置、情報配信制御方法、情報配信制御プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信制御装置、情報受信制御方法、情報受信制御プログラム並びに情報配信システムInformation distribution control device, information distribution control method, information distribution control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information distribution system
　本発明は、情報配信制御装置、情報配信制御方法、情報配信制御プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信制御装置、情報受信制御方法、情報受信制御プログラム並びに情報配信システムに関する。 The present invention relates to an information distribution control device, an information distribution control method, an information distribution control program, an information reception device, an information reception control device, an information reception control method, an information reception control program, and an information distribution system.
　地上デジタル放送のコンテンツをインターネット経由で再送信する場合には、放送免許を取得している放送対象地域以外にも配信されてしまう可能性がある。したがって、放送対象地域内にのみ存在する移動体端末やＴＶ、ＳＴＢ（Ｓｅｔ　Ｔｏｐ　Ｂｏｘ）へ配信されるように、放送対象範囲について配信制御を行う必要がある。 When digital terrestrial broadcast content is retransmitted via the Internet, it may be distributed outside the broadcast target area where the license is acquired. Therefore, it is necessary to perform distribution control for the broadcast target range so that the broadcast target area is distributed only to mobile terminals, TVs, and STBs (Set Top Boxes) that exist only in the broadcast target area.
　このような配信制御方法の１つとして、たとえば、送信されるコンテンツのＩＰデータのヘッダに含まれるＴＴＬ（Ｔｉｍｅ　Ｔｏ　Ｌｉｖｅ）値、つまり経由するルータのホップ数を放送対象地域毎に予め設定するものが提案されている（特許文献１参照）。このような設定でコンテンツを配信すると、当該ＩＰデータに設定されたＴＴＬ値がゼロになると、転送途中経路にあるルータがＩＰデータを途中で破棄するため、インターネット経由であっても、コンテンツが放送対象地域以外に配信されないようにすることができる。すなわち、コンテンツが放送対象地域のみに送信することが可能となる。 As one of such distribution control methods, for example, a TTL (Time To Live) value included in the header of IP data of the content to be transmitted, that is, a hop count of the router through which is set in advance for each broadcast target area Has been proposed (see Patent Document 1). When content is distributed with such settings, when the TTL value set for the IP data becomes zero, the router in the transfer route discards the IP data in the middle, so the content is broadcast even via the Internet. It can be prevented from being distributed outside the target area. That is, the content can be transmitted only to the broadcast target area.
　また、他の観点として、使用者が放送波を受信する地域に居住し、携帯できる受信機を有している場合に、特定の登録地域での受信許可を示す情報が記憶された記憶媒体を装着した受信機を用いるものが提案されている（特許文献２参照）。このような受信機は、正当な利用者であれば、登録地域外に滞在している場合であってもインターネット経由でコンテンツを受信することが可能となる。 Further, as another aspect, when a user lives in an area where broadcast waves are received and has a portable receiver, a storage medium storing information indicating reception permission in a specific registered area is stored. A device using a mounted receiver has been proposed (see Patent Document 2). If such a receiver is a legitimate user, it can receive content via the Internet even when he / she is staying outside the registered area.
特開２００７－３３６０２２号公報JP 2007-336022 A 特開２００８－１４１４２９号公報JP 2008-141429 A
　しかしながら、特許文献１に開示される技術では、放送対象地域毎にＴＴＬ値を厳密に設定しなければ、放送対象地域内にのみ配信するように制御できないため、設定が煩雑となる。また、複数の通信事業者におけるルータがそれぞれ採用するルーティングプロトコルによっては、同一の放送対象地域内であっても、コンテンツが到着するまでの経路が異なることも考えられ、ＴＴＬ値が必ずしも放送対象地域内にのみ到達できる値となっているか保証されるものではない。したがって、放送対象地域内であってもコンテンツが配信されない可能性や、放送対象地域外であってもコンテンツが配信される可能性があるため、ＩＰデータのＴＴＬ値を利用した配信制御方法は、実現性や信頼性という観点から問題がある。 However, in the technique disclosed in Patent Document 1, if the TTL value is not strictly set for each broadcast target area, it cannot be controlled to be distributed only within the broadcast target area, and the setting becomes complicated. In addition, depending on the routing protocol employed by each router in a plurality of communication carriers, the route until content arrives may be different even within the same broadcast target area, and the TTL value is not necessarily limited to the broadcast target area. It is not guaranteed that the value can be reached only within. Therefore, since there is a possibility that the content is not distributed even within the broadcast target area, or the content may be distributed even outside the broadcast target area, the distribution control method using the TTL value of the IP data is There are problems in terms of feasibility and reliability.
　また、特許文献２に開示される技術では、受信機に受信許可を示す情報が記憶された記憶媒体を必ず装着しなければならない。したがって、ユーザが仮に放送対象地域内で受信機を持っていたとしても、この記憶媒体を受信機に常に装着していないとコンテンツが配信されない。 In the technique disclosed in Patent Document 2, a storage medium storing information indicating reception permission must be attached to the receiver. Therefore, even if the user has a receiver in the broadcast target area, the content is not distributed unless the storage medium is always mounted on the receiver.
　そこで、本発明は、上述した課題に鑑み、簡単に、放送対象範囲にコンテンツを配信する制御を行うことができる情報配信制御装置、情報配信制御方法、情報配信制御プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信制御装置、情報受信制御方法、情報受信制御プログラム並びに情報配信システムを提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, in view of the above-described problems, the present invention provides an information distribution control device, an information distribution control method, an information distribution control program, an information reception device, and an information reception that can easily perform control of distributing content to a broadcast target range. An object is to provide a control device, an information reception control method, an information reception control program, and an information distribution system.
　本発明の一側面としての情報配信制御装置は、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置であって、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部とを有する情報受信装置から、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報とを受信する放送波状況受信手段と、放送波状況受信手段で受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否を判定するコンテンツ配信可否判定手段と、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報受信装置に対して配信するコンテンツ配信手段と、を有する。 An information distribution control device according to one aspect of the present invention is the same as content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station. An information distribution control device that distributes content or related content from an information receiving device having a main body and an antenna that can be connected to the main body in a state where the antenna is not connected to the main body Broadcast wave status receiving means for receiving information measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from a broadcast station and information measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from a broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the broadcast wave status reception means, the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception of both broadcast waves Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether or not the same content or related content in response to the content distribution request of the information receiving device can be distributed based on the situation, and the same content or related according to the determination result of the content distribution availability determination means Content distribution means for distributing content to the information receiving device.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信制御装置は、上述した構成に加えて、前記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段は、情報受信装置のアンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況が計測された時から所定時間内に本体部に接続された場合に、当該計測時のデータを用いて放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否判定を行うことが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information distribution control device according to one aspect of the present invention may be configured such that the content distribution availability determination unit includes a broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit of the information reception device is not connected to the main body unit. The same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station using the data at the time of measurement when connected to the main unit within a predetermined time from when the reception status of the broadcast wave is measured It is preferable to determine whether the related content can be distributed.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信制御装置は、上述したいずれかの構成に加えて、情報受信装置は電源に接続され、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段は、情報受信装置より送信された情報から電源から外されてから所定時間以上経過して再度接続されたことを検出した場合には、当該所定時間経過後に計測されて当該情報受信装置に記憶されているデータについては、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否判定に用いないことが好ましい。 In addition to any one of the above-described configurations, the information distribution control device as one aspect of the present invention is configured such that the information reception device is connected to a power source, and the content distribution availability determination unit is configured based on information transmitted from the information reception device. When it is detected that a predetermined time has passed since the power was removed and the connection was re-established, the data measured after the predetermined time has passed and stored in the information receiving device are broadcast from the broadcasting station. It is preferable not to use the same content as the content superimposed on the wave or to determine whether the related content can be distributed.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信制御装置は、上述したいずれかの構成に加えて、放送波とは異なる通信媒体はＩＰ通信網であり、情報受信装置に対して、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を許可したときに当該装置に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスを記憶し、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段は、情報受信装置に割り振られているＩＰアドレスが、過去にコンテンツ配信を許可したときに割り振られていたＩＰアドレスと同一である情報受信装置に対して、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を許可することが好ましい。 In addition to any one of the above-described configurations, the information distribution control device as one aspect of the present invention is an IP communication network as a communication medium different from a broadcast wave. The IP address assigned to the device when the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave or the related content is permitted to be stored is stored, and the content distribution determination unit is allocated to the information receiving device. The same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station or related to the information receiving apparatus whose IP address is the same as the IP address assigned when content distribution was permitted in the past It is preferable to allow distribution of content.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信制御方法は、放送波状況受信手段、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段、コンテンツ配信手段を有し、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置が実行する情報配信制御方法であって、放送波状況受信手段が、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部とを有する情報受信装置から、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報とを受信するステップと、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段が、受信するステップで受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否を判定するステップと、コンテンツ配信手段が、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報受信装置に対して配信するステップと、を含む。 An information distribution control method according to one aspect of the present invention includes a broadcast wave status receiving unit, a content distribution availability determination unit, and a content distribution unit, and is different from a broadcast wave within a reception range of a broadcast wave from a broadcast station. An information distribution control method executed by an information distribution control device that distributes the same content as or related content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication means using a communication medium, the broadcast wave status reception The information is obtained by measuring the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the means is not connected to the main body from the information receiving device having the main body and the antenna that can be connected to the main body. Receiving the information measuring the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, and determining whether the content can be distributed However, of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received in the receiving step, the information is based on the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves. The step of determining whether or not the same content or the related content can be distributed in response to the content distribution request of the receiving device, and the content distribution means receive the same content or the related content according to the determination result of the content distribution availability determining unit. Delivering to.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信制御プログラムは、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行うコンピュータであって、コンピュータを、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部とを有する情報受信装置から、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報とを受信する放送波状況受信手段、放送波状況受信手段で受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの出力可否を判定するコンテンツ配信可否判定手段、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報受信装置に対して配信するコンテンツ配信手段、として機能させるためのものである。 An information distribution control program as one aspect of the present invention includes a content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station. A computer that distributes the same content or related content, in which the computer is not connected to the main body from an information receiving device that has a main body and an antenna that can be connected to the main body. Broadcast wave situation to receive the information that measured the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in Japan and the information that measured the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the receiving means and the broadcast wave status reception means, the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or In accordance with the determination results of the content distribution availability determination unit and the content distribution availability determination unit that determine whether the same content or related content can be output based on the reception status of both broadcast waves. This is intended to function as content distribution means for distributing the same content or related content to the information receiving apparatus.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信装置は、放送局の放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置から同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを受信可能である情報受信装置であって、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、を送信し、同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信要求を実行するコンテンツ配信要求手段と、を有する。 The information receiving apparatus according to one aspect of the present invention is the same as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by the communication means using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range of the broadcast station. An information receiving device capable of receiving the same content or related content from an information distribution control device that distributes the content or related content, the main body, an antenna unit connectable to the main body, and an antenna unit Measures the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station when the is not connected to the main unit and the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit Content distribution request means for transmitting the same information and executing a distribution request for the same content or related content.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信システムは、放送局の放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを受信可能である情報受信装置であって、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、を送信し、同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信要求を実行するコンテンツ配信要求手段を有する情報受信装置と、情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求手段から送信された情報を受信する放送波状況受信手段と、放送波状況受信手段で受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対するコンテンツの配信可否を判定するコンテンツ配信可否判定手段、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報受信装置に対して配信するコンテンツ配信手段、を有する情報配信制御装置と、を含む。 The information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is the same as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by the communication means using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range of the broadcast station. An information receiving apparatus capable of receiving content or related content, a main body, an antenna that can be connected to the main body, and a broadcast wave from a broadcasting station in a state where the antenna is not connected to the main body. And the distribution of the same content or related content by transmitting information that measures the reception status of and the information that measures the reception status of broadcast waves from a broadcasting station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit Information receiving apparatus having content distribution request means for executing request, and broadcast wave status receiver receiving information transmitted from content distribution request means of information receiving apparatus Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the broadcast wave status reception means, based on the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether or not content can be distributed in response to a content distribution request of the information reception device, and content for distributing the same content or related content to the information reception device according to the determination result of the content distribution availability determination means An information distribution control device having distribution means.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信制御装置は、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信装置からコンテンツを受信可能な情報受信制御装置であって、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されている状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するコンテンツ受信可否判定手段と、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報配信装置から受信するコンテンツ受信手段と、を有する。 An information reception control device according to one aspect of the present invention includes a content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station. An information reception control device that can receive content from an information distribution device that distributes the same content or related content, the main body, an antenna that can be connected to the main body, and the antenna connected to the main body Of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected and the reception state of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in a state where the antenna unit is connected to the main unit, the antenna unit is connected to the main unit The content that determines whether or not the same content as the content or related content can be received based on the reception status of the broadcast wave in the absence When it is determined that reception is possible in the determination of the reception possibility determination unit and the content reception determination unit, the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station or related content is received from the information distribution device. Content receiving means.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信制御装置は、上述した構成に加えて、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段は、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況が計測された時から所定時間内に本体部に接続された場合に、当該計測時のデータを用いて放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否判定を行うことが好ましい。 In addition to the above-described configuration, the information reception control device according to one aspect of the present invention is configured to receive the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit. When connected to the main unit within a predetermined time from when the situation was measured, reception of the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station using the data at the time of measurement or related content It is preferable to determine whether it is possible.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信制御装置は、上述したいずれかの構成に加えて、当該装置は電源に接続され、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段は、自装置が電源から外されてから所定時間以上経過して再度接続された場合には、当該所定時間経過後に計測して当該装置に記憶されたデータについては、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否判定に用いないことが好ましい。 In addition to any of the above-described configurations, the information reception control device according to one aspect of the present invention is connected to a power source, and the content reception availability determination unit is configured to perform predetermined processing after the device is disconnected from the power source. When the connection is made again after a lapse of time, the data measured after the lapse of the predetermined time and stored in the device is the same as or related to the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station It is preferably not used for determining whether or not content can be received.
　また、上述した放送波とは異なる通信媒体はＩＰ通信網であり、本発明の一側面としての情報受信制御装置は、上述したいずれかの構成に加えて、情報受信制御装置において、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信を許可したときに自装置に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスが記憶され、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段は、自装置に割り振られているＩＰアドレスが、過去にコンテンツ受信を許可したときに割り振られていたＩＰアドレスと同一である場合に、放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信を許可することが好ましい。 A communication medium different from the above-described broadcast wave is an IP communication network. In addition to any of the above-described configurations, an information reception control device according to one aspect of the present invention is an information reception control device including a broadcast station. The IP address allocated to the own device when the reception of the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave or related content is permitted is stored, and the content reception availability determining means is allocated to the own device. Receiving the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station or related content when the IP address is the same as the IP address assigned when content reception was permitted in the past It is preferable to allow.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信制御方法は、本体部、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段、コンテンツ受信手段を有し、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信装置からこれらのコンテンツの受信が可能な情報受信制御装置が実行する情報受信制御方法であって、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段が、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されている状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するステップと、コンテンツ受信手段が、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報配信装置から受信するステップと、を含む。 An information reception control method according to one aspect of the present invention includes a main body, an antenna unit connectable to the main body, a content reception availability determination unit, and a content reception unit, and within a reception range of a broadcast wave from a broadcasting station. In addition, information can be received from an information distribution apparatus that distributes the same content as or related content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by means of communication using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave. An information reception control method executed by a control device, wherein content reception availability determination means includes a reception state of broadcast waves from a broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, and the antenna unit is connected to the main unit. Of the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station in the connected state, the reception status of broadcast waves in the state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit. The step of determining whether or not the same content as the content or related content can be received based on the reception status of both broadcast waves, and the case where the content receiving means is determined to be receivable in the determination of the content reception availability determining means Receiving the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station or the related content from the information distribution apparatus.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報受信制御プログラムは、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信装置からこれらのコンテンツの受信が可能であり、かつ本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、を有するコンピュータであって、コンピュータを、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されている状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するコンテンツ受信可否判定手段、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報配信装置から受信するコンテンツ受信手段、として機能させるためのものである。 An information reception control program according to an aspect of the present invention includes a content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a broadcast station by a communication unit using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station. A computer that is capable of receiving these contents from an information distribution apparatus that distributes the same content or related content, and that has a main body and an antenna that can be connected to the main body. Of the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit and the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit, the antenna Based on the reception status of broadcast waves when the unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves, the same content or Content reception availability determination means for determining whether or not to receive related content, content that is the same as or related to the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the content reception availability determination means determines that reception is possible This is intended to function as content receiving means for receiving content from the information distribution apparatus.
　また、本発明の一側面としての情報配信システムは、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に放送波とは異なる通信媒体による通信手段によって放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信装置と、本体部と、本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されている状態での放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、アンテナ部が本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上述したコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するコンテンツ受信可否判定手段と、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを情報配信装置から受信するコンテンツ受信手段と、を有する情報受信制御装置と、含むものである。 The information distribution system as one aspect of the present invention is the same as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by the communication means using a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station. Information distribution device that distributes content or related content, a main body, an antenna that can be connected to the main body, and reception of broadcast waves from a broadcasting station when the antenna is not connected to the main body Of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit, and the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or both Content reception availability determination means for determining whether or not the same content as the above-mentioned content or related content can be received based on the broadcast wave reception status; Content reception means for receiving, from the information distribution device, the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when it is determined that the reception is possible in the determination by the determination means And a device.
　本発明によれば、簡単に、放送対象範囲にコンテンツを配信する制御を行うことができる情報配信制御装置、情報配信制御方法、情報配信制御プログラム、情報受信装置、情報受信制御装置、情報受信制御方法、情報受信制御プログラム並びに情報配信システムを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, an information distribution control device, an information distribution control method, an information distribution control program, an information reception device, an information reception control device, and information reception control that can easily perform control of distributing content to a broadcast target range. A method, an information reception control program, and an information distribution system can be provided.
本発明の実施例１に係る情報配信システムの全体構成を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the whole structure of the information delivery system which concerns on Example 1 of this invention. 図１に示す放送局が有する放送送信装置と配信サーバの構成図である。It is a block diagram of the broadcast transmission apparatus and distribution server which the broadcasting station shown in FIG. 1 has. 図２に示す配信可否判定情報ＤＢに格納されているデータの一例である。It is an example of the data stored in the delivery permission determination information DB shown in FIG. 図１に示す受信機の構成図である。It is a block diagram of the receiver shown in FIG. 図４に示す外部アンテナ部の受信情報記憶部に記憶されているデータの一例である。It is an example of the data memorize | stored in the reception information storage part of the external antenna part shown in FIG. 図４に示す本体部の受信情報記憶部に記憶されているデータの一例である。It is an example of the data memorize | stored in the reception information storage part of the main-body part shown in FIG. 図１に示す受信機の外部アンテナ部の外部受信状況検出処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the external reception condition detection process of the external antenna part of the receiver shown in FIG. 図１に示す受信機の本体部の外部受信状況情報登録処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the external reception condition information registration process of the main-body part of the receiver shown in FIG. 図１に示す受信機が実行するコンテンツ配信要求処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the content delivery request | requirement process which the receiver shown in FIG. 1 performs. 図１に示す配信サーバが実行するコンテンツ配信可否判定処理のフローチャートである。It is a flowchart of the content distribution availability determination process which the distribution server shown in FIG. 1 performs. 図１に示す配信サーバが実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the external reception condition determination process which the delivery server shown in FIG. 1 performs. 本発明の実施例２に係る受信機の外部アンテナ部の外部受信状況検出処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the external reception condition detection process of the external antenna part of the receiver which concerns on Example 2 of this invention. 本発明の実施例２に係る受信機の本体部に、図１２の外部アンテナ部の処理で作成された受信状況情報を登録する処理を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the process which registers the reception status information produced by the process of the external antenna part of FIG. 12 in the main-body part of the receiver which concerns on Example 2 of this invention. 本発明の実施例２に係る配信サーバが実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the external reception condition determination process which the delivery server which concerns on Example 2 of this invention performs. 本発明の実施例３に係る配信サーバが実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the external reception condition determination process which the delivery server which concerns on Example 3 of this invention performs. 本発明の実施例４に係る配信サーバが実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the external reception condition determination process which the delivery server which concerns on Example 4 of this invention performs. 本発明の実施例５に係る配信サーバが実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。It is a flowchart which shows the detail of the external reception condition determination process which the delivery server which concerns on Example 5 of this invention performs. 本発明の実施例６に係る放送送信装置の構成を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structure of the broadcast transmission apparatus which concerns on Example 6 of this invention. 本発明の実施例７の放送局が有する放送送信装置と配信サーバの構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the broadcast transmission apparatus and the delivery server which the broadcasting station of Example 7 of this invention has. 本発明の実施例７の受信機の構成図である。It is a block diagram of the receiver of Example 7 of this invention. 図２０に示すアンテナ部の受信情報記憶部に記憶されているデータの一例である。It is an example of the data memorize | stored in the reception information storage part of the antenna part shown in FIG. 図２０に示す本体部の受信情報記憶部に記憶されているデータの一例である。It is an example of the data memorize | stored in the reception information storage part of the main-body part shown in FIG. 図２０に示す受信機が配信サーバに対して実行するコンテンツ配信要求処理を示すフローチャートである。FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing content distribution request processing executed by the receiver shown in FIG. 20 for a distribution server. FIG.
　以下、本発明の実施例を挙げて説明する。しかしながら、本発明は、以下の各実施例に限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, examples of the present invention will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
　本発明の実施例１に係る情報配信システム１について説明する。図１は、本発明の実施例１に係る情報配信システム１の全体構成を示す図である。図１に示すように、情報配信システム１は、放送局２、ＩＰ通信網３、および受信機４から構成されている。この情報配信システム１では、放送局２が、受信機４における放送波の受信強度に基づいて当該受信機４が放送受信可能エリアの範囲内にあるものかを判定し、そのエリア内にある場合、当該受信機４に対してＩＰ通信網３を介して放送局２が放送するコンテンツと同一のコンテンツ、または関連するコンテンツの配信がおこなわれる。なお、図１には、１個の放送局２と受信機４が図示されているが、実際には、それぞれ複数個存在している。 The information distribution system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described. FIG. 1 is a diagram illustrating an overall configuration of an information distribution system 1 according to the first embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the information distribution system 1 includes a broadcasting station 2, an IP communication network 3, and a receiver 4. In this information distribution system 1, the broadcast station 2 determines whether the receiver 4 is within the broadcast receivable area based on the broadcast wave reception intensity at the receiver 4. The same content as the content broadcast by the broadcast station 2 or related content is distributed to the receiver 4 via the IP communication network 3. In FIG. 1, one broadcasting station 2 and receiver 4 are shown, but there are actually a plurality of each.
　放送局２は、放送送信装置１１と、配信サーバ１２とを有している。放送送信装置１１は、放送番組、データ放送、ＥＰＧ（Electric Program Guide）情報などの放送コンテンツを放送波に乗せて送出する。配信サーバ１２は、当該放送送信装置１１の放送波が受信可能なエリア内にある受信機４に対して、放送送信装置１１が送出する放送コンテンツ若しくは当該放送コンテンツに関するコンテンツ、または当該放送コンテンツとは関係なく独自に制作したコンテンツを、ＩＰ通信網３を介して配信する。 The broadcasting station 2 has a broadcast transmission device 11 and a distribution server 12. The broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 transmits broadcast contents such as broadcast programs, data broadcasts, EPG (Electric Program Guide) information on broadcast waves. The distribution server 12 refers to the broadcast content transmitted by the broadcast transmission device 11, the content related to the broadcast content, or the broadcast content to the receiver 4 in the area where the broadcast wave of the broadcast transmission device 11 can be received. Regardless of the content produced independently, the content is distributed via the IP communication network 3.
　ＩＰ通信網３は、放送局２と受信機４間における、放送波による放送とは異なる他の通信媒体である。なお、このＩＰ通信網３は、たとえば、ＴＣＰ／ＩＰ（Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol）などの通信プロトコルを利用したインターネット、ＣＡＴＶ、専用線、ＶＰＮ（仮想ＬＡＮ）、ＷＡＮなどのいずれか、もしくはそれらの組み合わせたネットワークで構成されている。また、他の通信媒体としては、ＩＰ通信網３以外の他の通信プロトコルを利用したネットワークでもよい。 The IP communication network 3 is another communication medium that is different from broadcasting by broadcast waves between the broadcasting station 2 and the receiver 4. The IP communication network 3 is, for example, any one of the Internet, CATV, dedicated line, VPN (virtual LAN), WAN, etc. using a communication protocol such as TCP / IP (Transmission Control Internet / Protocol). It is composed of a combination of networks. Further, as another communication medium, a network using a communication protocol other than the IP communication network 3 may be used.
　受信機４は、実施例１の場合、家庭で利用される端末であり、家庭用電源５に接続されて用いられる。受信機４は、放送局２からの放送波をアンテナで受信し、受信した放送波に重畳される放送コンテンツの出力を行う。また、受信機４は、ＩＰ通信網３を経由して配信サーバ１２より配信されるコンテンツを出力する。受信機４は、アンテナ部２１と本体部２２を有して構成される。実施例１のアンテナ部２１は、本体部２２に対して専用ケーブルにより接続されており、当該専用ケーブルで本体部２２と相互接続している状態における放送局２からの放送波の受信状況、および本体部２２に接続していない状態における放送局２からの放送波の受信状況をそれぞれ計測することができる。 In the case of the first embodiment, the receiver 4 is a terminal used at home, and is connected to the home power supply 5 and used. The receiver 4 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 with an antenna and outputs broadcast content superimposed on the received broadcast wave. The receiver 4 outputs content distributed from the distribution server 12 via the IP communication network 3. The receiver 4 includes an antenna unit 21 and a main body unit 22. The antenna unit 21 according to the first embodiment is connected to the main body unit 22 by a dedicated cable, and receives a broadcast wave from the broadcasting station 2 in a state where the antenna unit 21 is interconnected to the main body unit 22 by the dedicated cable. The reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 in a state where it is not connected to the main unit 22 can be measured.
　なお、実施例１のアンテナ部２１と本体部２２の接続関係は、有線により接続する構成を採用していたが、無線で相互通信できるように構成されてもよい。ここで、無線通信における「アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されている状態」とは、たとえばＢｌｕｅＴｏｏｔｈ（登録商標）、ＷｉＦｉなどの通信接続方法で相互通信可能な範囲内にアンテナ部２１と本体部２２の両方が存在する位置関係にある状態で、相互通信可能に設定されている場合をいい、「アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されていない状態」とは、相互通信が不可能な位置関係にある状態か、もしくは相互通信が可能な位置関係にあるものの、相互通信可能に設定されていない場合を含む。なお、受信機４は、たとえばＴＶ放送やラジオ放送の受信装置であり、録画機能、録音機能を有していてもよい。また、受信機４は、家庭で利用される端末に限らず、携帯可能な端末、車に搭載される端末であってもよい。 Note that the connection relationship between the antenna unit 21 and the main body unit 22 of the first embodiment employs a configuration in which connection is made by wire, but may be configured to be able to communicate with each other wirelessly. Here, “the state in which the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main unit 22” in wireless communication means that the antenna unit 21 and the main unit are within a range in which communication is possible by a communication connection method such as BlueTooth (registered trademark) or WiFi. This means the case where both of the parts 22 are in a positional relationship and are set to be capable of mutual communication. The state where the antenna part 21 is not connected to the main body part 22 means that mutual communication is impossible. This includes a state in which they are in a positional relationship or a positional relationship in which mutual communication is possible but is not set to be capable of mutual communication. The receiver 4 is, for example, a TV broadcast or radio broadcast receiver, and may have a recording function and a recording function. The receiver 4 is not limited to a terminal used at home, but may be a portable terminal or a terminal mounted in a car.
　この情報配信システム１では、受信機４が、自装置における放送波の受信強度に基づいて放送受信可能エリアの範囲内にあるものかを配信サーバ１２へ問い合わせ、配信サーバ１２が、そのエリア内にあると判定した場合、受信機４でのコンテンツ受信を許可する。ここで、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内において放送波の受信環境がよくないときは、ユーザは受信機４を介して放送を視聴することができないとともに、ＩＰ通信網３を介して配信されるコンテンツも視聴することができない。 In this information distribution system 1, the receiver 4 inquires of the distribution server 12 whether the receiver 4 is within the range of the broadcast receivable area based on the reception intensity of the broadcast wave in its own device. If it is determined that there is, content reception by the receiver 4 is permitted. Here, for example, when the reception environment of the broadcast wave is not good in the house where the main body 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, the user cannot view the broadcast via the receiver 4 and the IP communication network. The content distributed via 3 cannot be viewed.
　そこで、この情報配信システム１では、受信機４のアンテナ部２１が本体部２２から取り外し可能となっており、取り外されて他の場所へ持ち出されたアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）により受信感度を計測した情報（当該情報を外部受信状況情報とする）から受信環境が良好であれば、所定時間内にアンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。たとえば、受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外されたアンテナ部２１を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、所定の時間内に、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。 Therefore, in this information distribution system 1, the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 can be detached from the main body unit 22, and the antenna unit 21 that is removed and taken to another place (not connected to the main body unit 22). If the reception environment is good from information obtained by measuring reception sensitivity by the antenna unit 21) in a state (the information is external reception status information), the antenna unit 21 is reattached to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time, Content can be received by the main unit 22. For example, in a house where the main body 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the broadcast reception environment is not good, the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body 22 is taken out outdoors, and the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is If it is good, then the content can be received by the main body 22 by reattaching the antenna 21 to the main body 22 within a predetermined time.
　図２は、図１に示す放送局２が有する放送送信装置１１と配信サーバ１２の構成例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 2 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of the broadcast transmission device 11 and the distribution server 12 included in the broadcast station 2 illustrated in FIG.
（放送送信装置１１の構成）
　まず、放送送信装置１１について説明する。放送送信装置１１は、この例においては、地上デジタル放送を想定し、その放送スケジュールに沿って放送番組用のコンテンツをストリームデータとして送出する。また、放送送信装置１１は、放送波にデータ放送、ＥＰＧ（Ｅｌｅｃｔｒｏｎｉｃ　Ｐｒｏｇｒａｍ　Ｇｕｉｄｅ）情報を放送波に重畳して送出することができる。なお、放送送信装置１１は、請求項の放送局の一例に相当する。 (Configuration of broadcast transmission device 11)
First, the broadcast transmission device 11 will be described. In this example, the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 assumes digital terrestrial broadcasting, and transmits the content for the broadcast program as stream data according to the broadcast schedule. Also, the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 can transmit data broadcast and EPG (Electronic Program Guide) information superimposed on the broadcast wave. The broadcast transmission device 11 corresponds to an example of a broadcast station in the claims.
　図２に示すように、放送送信装置１１は、制御部３１、記憶部３２、サーバ通信部３３から構成される。ここで、制御部３１は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるＣＰＵ（Ｃｅｎｔｒａｌ　Ｐｒｏｃｅｓｓｉｎｇ　Ｕｎｉｔ）、ＲＡＭ（Ｒａｎｄａｍ　Ａｃｅｓｓ　Ｍｅｍｏｒｙ）、ＲＯＭ（Ｒｅａｄ　Ｏｎｌｙ　Ｍｅｍｏｒｙ）などから構成され、当該ＣＰＵがＲＯＭに格納されている各種プログラムをＲＡＭに読み出して協働して実行することによりコンテンツストリーム作成部４１、ＥＰＧ情報作成部４２、データ放送作成部４３、放送素材取得部４４、ＭＵＸ部４５の各機能を実現している。また、記憶部３２には、放送用コンテンツデータベース（Ｄａｔａ　Ｂａｓｅ）５１、放送スケジュールＤＢ５２、データ放送用コンテンツＤＢ５３が記憶されており、当該記憶部３２は、たとえばＨＤＤ（Ｈａｒｄ　Ｄｉｓｋ　Ｄｒｉｖｅ）やフラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。サーバ通信部３３は、配信サーバ１２との通信を行う通信インタフェースである。 As shown in FIG. 2, the broadcast transmission device 11 includes a control unit 31, a storage unit 32, and a server communication unit 33. Here, the control unit 31 includes a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a RAM (Random Access Memory), a ROM (Read Only Memory), and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU is stored in the ROM. Various functions of the content stream creation unit 41, the EPG information creation unit 42, the data broadcast creation unit 43, the broadcast material acquisition unit 44, and the MUX unit 45 are realized by reading various programs into the RAM and executing them in cooperation. . The storage unit 32 stores a broadcast content database (Data Base) 51, a broadcast schedule DB 52, and a data broadcast content DB 53. The storage unit 32 is, for example, an HDD (Hard Disk Drive) or a flash memory. It consists of storage devices. The server communication unit 33 is a communication interface that performs communication with the distribution server 12.
　コンテンツストリーム作成部４１は、放送用コンテンツＤＢ５１を参照して放送用コンテンツを作成する。なお、本実施例において、放送用コンテンツは、ＭＰＥＧ２（Ｍｏｖｉｎｇ　Ｐｉｃｔｕｒｅ　Ｅｘｐｅｒｔｓ　Ｇｒｏｕｐ２）規格に準拠して符号化及び多重化されているものとして説明する。ＭＰＥＧ２規格では、伝送されるコンテンツの映像及び音声などは、符号化されたＥＳ（Ｅｌｅｍｅｎｔａｒｙ　Ｓｔｒｅａｍ）として生成され、ＥＳを意味のある単位毎にパケット化されたＰＥＳ（Ｐａｃｋｅｔｉｚｅｄ　Ｅｌｅｍｅｎｔａｒｙ　Ｓｔｒｅａｍ）が生成される。更に、ＰＥＳを分割したＴＳ（Ｔｒａｎｓｐｏｒｔ　Ｓｔｒｅａｍ）パケットが、放送送信装置１１から伝送される。 The content stream creation unit 41 creates broadcast content with reference to the broadcast content DB 51. In the present embodiment, description will be made assuming that the broadcast content is encoded and multiplexed in accordance with the MPEG2 (Moving Picture Experts Group2) standard. In the MPEG2 standard, video and audio of transmitted content are generated as an encoded ES (Elementary Stream), and a PES (Packetized Elementary Stream) in which ES is packetized for each meaningful unit is generated. . Further, a TS (Transport Stream) packet obtained by dividing the PES is transmitted from the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11.
　また、コンテンツストリーム作成部４１が各ＴＳパケットのヘッダにＰＩＤと呼ばれる１３ビットのパケット識別子を付与することにより、各ＴＳパケットが、放送用コンテンツの映像データ、音声データ、制御データなどのいずれかに分類することができる。また、ここでいう制御データとは、ＳＩ／ＰＳＩ（Ｓｅｒｖｉｃｅ　Ｉｎｆｏｒｍａｔｉｏｎ／Ｐｒｏｇｒａｍ　Ｓｐｅｃｉｆｉｃ　Ｉｎｆｏｒｍａｔｉｏｎ）と呼ばれるデータを指している。ＳＩ／ＰＳＩのＳＩは、ＥＰＧ情報を作成するために必要な情報などを含み、ＰＳＩは、基本的な制御をするための情報を含む制御データのことである。なお、ＴＳパケットには、放送送信装置１１の意図に反する視聴を防止するための暗号化処理（以下、「スクランブル処理」という）が施されていてもよい。ここで、スクランブル処理の方式としてたとえば、Ｍｕｌｔｉ２を使用することができる。このＭｕｌｔｉ２は、デジタルデータを暗号化する方式の一つであり、ＢＳデジタル放送や地上デジタル放送などでも広く採用されている。 In addition, the content stream creation unit 41 assigns a 13-bit packet identifier called PID to the header of each TS packet, so that each TS packet can be one of video data, audio data, control data, etc. of the broadcast content. Can be classified. Further, the control data here refers to data called SI / PSI (Service Information / Program Specific Information). SI of SI / PSI includes information necessary for creating EPG information, and PSI is control data including information for performing basic control. The TS packet may be subjected to an encryption process (hereinafter referred to as “scramble process”) for preventing viewing contrary to the intention of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11. Here, for example, Multi2 can be used as the scrambling method. This Multi2 is one of the methods for encrypting digital data, and is widely used in BS digital broadcasting and terrestrial digital broadcasting.
　ＥＰＧ情報作成部４２は、放送スケジュールＤＢ５２を参照してＥＰＧ情報を作成する。 The EPG information creation unit 42 creates EPG information with reference to the broadcast schedule DB 52.
　データ放送作成部４３は、データ放送用コンテンツＤＢ５３から例えば天気予報や番組に関連した情報などのデータ放送に関連する情報を作成し、これらの情報をあわせてＭＵＸ部４５に供給する。 The data broadcast creation unit 43 creates information related to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to programs from the data broadcast content DB 53 and supplies these information together to the MUX unit 45.
　放送素材取得部４４は、放送用コンテンツＤＢ５１に格納されている放送コンテンツ以外の放送コンテンツを作成する。たとえば、放送素材取得部４４は、図示しないカメラやマイクから直接生成される信号（たとえば、生放送番組や生中継番組などの映像データ、音声データ）が入力されると、これらの放送コンテンツ用のデータ形式に変換してコンテンツデータとして作成し、ＭＵＸ部４５に供給する。 The broadcast material acquisition unit 44 creates broadcast content other than the broadcast content stored in the broadcast content DB 51. For example, when a signal directly generated from a camera or microphone (not shown) (for example, video data or audio data such as a live broadcast program or a live broadcast program) is input, the broadcast material acquisition unit 44 receives data for these broadcast contents. It is converted into a format, created as content data, and supplied to the MUX unit 45.
　ＭＵＸ部４５は、コンテンツストリーム作成部４１が放送用コンテンツＤＢ５１を参照して作成したコンテンツデータ、または放送素材取得部４４により作成されたコンテンツデータと、ＥＰＧ情報作成部４２が放送スケジュールＤＢ５２を参照して作成したＥＰＧ情報と、データ放送作成部４３がデータ放送用コンテンツＤＢ５３を参照して作成したデータ放送番組データとを多重化して放送データを生成する。そして、当該放送データは、放送送信装置１１の不図示のアンテナから放送波として送出される。なお、これら放送データは、サーバ通信部３３を介して、専用回線などで配信サーバ１２にも送信される。 The MUX unit 45 includes content data created by the content stream creation unit 41 with reference to the broadcast content DB 51 or content data created by the broadcast material acquisition unit 44, and the EPG information creation unit 42 refers to the broadcast schedule DB 52. The EPG information created in this way and the data broadcast program data created by the data broadcast creation unit 43 with reference to the data broadcast content DB 53 are multiplexed to generate broadcast data. Then, the broadcast data is transmitted as a broadcast wave from an antenna (not shown) of the broadcast transmission device 11. Note that these broadcast data are also transmitted to the distribution server 12 via the server communication unit 33 via a dedicated line or the like.
　放送用コンテンツＤＢ５１には、放送用コンテンツの元になる放送番組情報が記憶されている。放送スケジュールＤＢ５２には、放送送信装置１１が放送する放送番組の放送スケジュール情報が記憶されている。なお、放送スケジュールＤＢ５２には、他の放送局２の放送スケジュール情報が記憶されていてもよい。データ放送用コンテンツＤＢ５３には、天気予報や放送番組に関連した情報などのデータ放送に関連する情報が記憶されている。なお、データ放送用コンテンツＤＢ５３には、上記の情報以外にも、放送番組に関係する配信サーバ１２が提供するＵＲＬ（Ｕｎｉｆｏｒｍ　Ｒｅｓｏｕｒｃｅ　Ｌｏｃａｔｏｒ）情報やＰ２Ｐ（Ｐｅｅｒ　ｔｏ　Ｐｅｅｒ）方式で利用できる検索クエリ情報が記憶されていてもよい。なお、データ放送に関連する情報も、上述した放送用コンテンツと同様にＭＰＥＧ２規格に準拠して符号化及び多重化されている。 The broadcast content DB 51 stores broadcast program information that is the source of the broadcast content. The broadcast schedule DB 52 stores broadcast schedule information of broadcast programs broadcast by the broadcast transmission device 11. The broadcast schedule DB 52 may store broadcast schedule information of other broadcast stations 2. The data broadcasting content DB 53 stores information related to data broadcasting such as weather forecasts and information related to broadcasting programs. In addition to the above information, the data broadcasting content DB 53 includes URL (Uniform Resource Locator) information provided by the distribution server 12 related to the broadcast program and search query information that can be used in the P2P (Peer to Peer) method. It may be stored. Note that information related to data broadcasting is also encoded and multiplexed in conformity with the MPEG2 standard in the same manner as the above-described broadcast content.
　このように放送送信装置１１は、放送用コンテンツＤＢ５１から放送スケジュールに沿ってコンテンツのストリームデータを放送番組として送出する。また、予め記憶されたコンテンツが放送されるような番組ではない生放送番組や生中継番組については、図示しないカメラやマイクの信号が放送素材取得部４４に入力され、放送スケジュールＤＢ５２からＥＰＧ情報と共に放送データに多重化することができる。 In this way, the broadcast transmission device 11 sends out stream data of content as a broadcast program from the broadcast content DB 51 according to the broadcast schedule. In addition, for live broadcast programs and live broadcast programs that are not programs in which pre-stored content is broadcast, camera and microphone signals (not shown) are input to the broadcast material acquisition unit 44 and broadcast together with EPG information from the broadcast schedule DB 52. Can be multiplexed to data.
（配信サーバ１２の構成）
　続いて、配信サーバ１２の構成について説明する。図２に示すように、配信サーバ１２は、制御部９６、放送装置通信部６２、記憶部６３、ＩＰ通信制御部６４とから構成される。ここで、制御部９６は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるＣＰＵ、ＲＡＭ、ＲＯＭなどから構成され、当該ＣＰＵがＲＯＭに格納されている各種プログラムをＲＡＭに読み出して協働して実行することによりコンテンツ配信制御部７１、コンテンツ作成部７２の各機能を実現している。放送装置通信部６２は、放送送信装置１１のサーバ通信部３３からのコンテンツを受信する通信インタフェースである。記憶部６３には、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２、周波数ＤＢ８３が記憶されており、当該記憶部６３は、たとえばＨＤＤやフラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。ＩＰ通信制御部６４は、ＩＰ通信網３経由で受信機４との通信を行う通信インタフェースである。 (Configuration of distribution server 12)
Next, the configuration of the distribution server 12 will be described. As shown in FIG. 2, the distribution server 12 includes a control unit 96, a broadcast device communication unit 62, a storage unit 63, and an IP communication control unit 64. Here, the control unit 96 includes a CPU, RAM, ROM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU reads various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executes them in cooperation. Each function of the content distribution control unit 71 and the content creation unit 72 is realized. The broadcast device communication unit 62 is a communication interface that receives content from the server communication unit 33 of the broadcast transmission device 11. The storage unit 63 stores a distribution availability determination information DB 81, a distribution content DB 82, and a frequency DB 83, and the storage unit 63 includes a storage device such as an HDD or a flash memory. The IP communication control unit 64 is a communication interface that performs communication with the receiver 4 via the IP communication network 3.
　コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ＩＰ通信制御部６４を介して受信機４から送信された当該受信機４の機器ＩＤ情報などにより機器認証等を行った上で、コンテンツの配信可否を判定する。具体的には、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４が当該放送局２の放送範囲内である（受信可能エリアである）と判定できれば、配信サーバ１２からのコンテンツの配信を可能と判定する。なお、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４から要求されるコンテンツが、エリア限定のものではない場合は、受信機４が当該放送局２の受信可能エリアであるか否かにかかわらず、コンテンツを配信可能と判定する。 The content distribution control unit 71 performs device authentication or the like based on the device ID information of the receiver 4 transmitted from the receiver 4 via the IP communication control unit 64, and determines whether or not the content can be distributed. Specifically, if the receiver 4 can determine that the receiver 4 is within the broadcast range of the broadcast station 2 (receivable area), the content distribution control unit 71 determines that the content can be distributed from the distribution server 12. . If the content requested from the receiver 4 is not limited to the area, the content distribution control unit 71 does not depend on whether the receiver 4 is a receivable area of the broadcast station 2 or not. Is determined to be deliverable.
　コンテンツ作成部７２は、コンテンツ配信制御部７１により配信可能と判定された受信機４に対して配信すべきコンテンツを生成する。たとえばコンテンツ作成部７２は、配信するコンテンツを配信コンテンツＤＢ８２から読み出す。なお、受信機４に対して配信するコンテンツは、受信機４が要求するコンテンツでもよいし、当該番組に連動するコンテンツを生成するようにしてもよい。コンテンツ作成部７２は、特定のコンテンツを受信機４が要求した場合はその要求されたコンテンツを生成するようにし、それ以外では番組連動型のコンテンツを自動で生成し、送信するようにしてもよい。なお、配信サーバ１２の配信可否判定により、特定のコンテンツの配信可否を判定するようにしていたが、当該配信可否判定によって、当該放送局２の運営する特定のサイトへのアクセスの制限をするようにしてもよい。 The content creation unit 72 generates content to be distributed to the receiver 4 that is determined to be distributable by the content distribution control unit 71. For example, the content creation unit 72 reads content to be distributed from the distribution content DB 82. The content distributed to the receiver 4 may be a content requested by the receiver 4 or a content linked to the program may be generated. The content creation unit 72 may generate the requested content when the receiver 4 requests specific content, and may automatically generate and transmit the program-linked content otherwise. . The distribution server 12 determines whether or not a specific content can be distributed, but the distribution server 12 restricts access to a specific site operated by the broadcasting station 2. It may be.
　配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１は、受信機４にコンテンツ配信可能か否かについて判定した過去の情報を有するＤＢである。したがって、配信サーバ１２（コンテンツ配信制御部７１）は、受信機４から送信されてきた情報に基づいて配信可否を判定する他に、送信されてきた情報を当該配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に蓄積し、受信機４から送信されてきた情報と照合することにより、当該受信機４の配信可否を判定することもできる。 The distribution availability determination information DB 81 is a DB having past information determined as to whether or not contents can be distributed to the receiver 4. Therefore, the distribution server 12 (content distribution control unit 71) accumulates the transmitted information in the distribution permission determination information DB 81 in addition to determining whether the distribution is possible based on the information transmitted from the receiver 4. By checking with the information transmitted from the receiver 4, it is possible to determine whether the receiver 4 can be distributed.
　図３は、図２に示す配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に格納されているデータの一例である。図３に示すように、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１には、たとえば「機器ＩＤ」、「機器種別」、「ＩＰアドレス」、「放送種別」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」、「本体受信信号レベル」、「電源経過情報」、「電源経過日時」などの欄が設けられている。 FIG. 3 is an example of data stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 3, for example, “device ID”, “device type”, “IP address”, “broadcast type”, “external reception signal level”, “external reception signal level measurement date and time” "," Main body received signal level "," power supply progress information "," power supply elapsed date and time ", etc. are provided.
　「機器ＩＤ」の欄（以下、単に「機器ＩＤ」と称する。他の欄においても同様である）には、機器ＩＤとして、受信機４を一意に識別できる識別番号情報が格納されている。この識別番号情報は、たとえば配信サーバ１２へコンテンツ配信要求をする際の機器認証処理などに用いられる。「機器種別」には、機器種別として、受信機４の種別毎に付与された番号情報が格納されている。実施例１では、番号「１」は、家庭用据置タイプであることを、番号「２」は、車載タイプであることを、番号「３」は、モバイルタイプであることをそれぞれ示している。「ＩＰアドレス」には、ＩＰアドレスとして、当該受信機４に付与されているＩＰアドレス情報が格納されている。「放送種別」には、ＦＭ、ＡＭ、地デジ、ＢＳ、ＣＳなどの放送種別が格納される。「外部受信信号レベル」には、外部における受信信号レベルとして、当該受信機４のアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されていない状態で、当該アンテナ部２１で計測したときの放送局２毎の受信信号レベルを示す数値（単位は、ｄＢ）が格納されている。「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」には、当該「外部受信信号レベル」を計測された日時情報が格納されている。「本体受信信号レベル」には、本体受信信号レベルとして、当該受信機４のアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されている状態で計測されたときの放送局２毎の受信信号レベルを示す数値（単位は、ｄｂ）が格納されている。「電源経過情報」には、電源経過情報として、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定するフラグが格納されている。実施例１の場合には、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間経過している場合には「１」が格納され、経過していない場合には「０」が格納される。「電源経過日時」には、電源経過日時として、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間が経過した日時が記憶されている。ここで、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間とは、家の中で当該受信機４の移動などを想定しており、当該受信機４を持って他の場所で取り付けられることがないように、たとえば、１５分～３０分程度の間で設定されることが好ましく、電源が外されてからこの時間が経過した日時が記憶される。 In the “device ID” column (hereinafter simply referred to as “device ID”; the same applies to other columns), identification number information for uniquely identifying the receiver 4 is stored as the device ID. This identification number information is used, for example, for device authentication processing when making a content distribution request to the distribution server 12. In the “device type”, number information assigned for each type of the receiver 4 is stored as the device type. In the first embodiment, the number “1” indicates a home stationary type, the number “2” indicates an in-vehicle type, and the number “3” indicates a mobile type. In “IP address”, IP address information assigned to the receiver 4 is stored as an IP address. “Broadcast type” stores broadcast types such as FM, AM, digital terrestrial broadcasting, BS, and CS. The “external reception signal level” includes an external reception signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when measured by the antenna unit 21 in a state where the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 is not connected to the main body unit 22. A numerical value (unit: dB) indicating the received signal level is stored. “External reception signal level measurement date / time” stores the date / time information at which the “external reception signal level” was measured. The “main body received signal level” is a numerical value indicating the received signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when the antenna section 21 of the receiver 4 is connected to the main body section 22 as the main body received signal level. (Unit is db) is stored. The “power supply progress information” stores a flag for determining whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5 as the power supply progress information. In the case of the first embodiment, “1” is stored when a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5, and “0” is stored when it has not elapsed. The The “power elapsed time” stores the date and time when a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power source 5 as the power elapsed time. Here, the predetermined time after the receiver 4 is disconnected from the household power supply 5 is assumed to be the movement of the receiver 4 in the house, and the receiver 4 is attached to another place with the receiver 4 For example, it is preferably set within a range of about 15 to 30 minutes so that the date and time when this time has elapsed since the power supply was removed is stored.
　すなわち配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を参照することにより、機器ＩＤ毎に、機器種別、放送種別、放送周波数、ＩＰアドレス、外部受信信号レベル、外部受信信号レベル計測日時、本体受信信号レベル、電源経過情報、電源経過日時を特定することができる。なお、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１には、上述の「放送種別」に加えて「放送局名」が記憶されていてもよい。その場合、「放送局名」には、放送局名として、各放送局２の名称を示す情報が格納される。 That is, by referring to the distribution availability determination information DB 81, for each device ID, the device type, broadcast type, broadcast frequency, IP address, external reception signal level, external reception signal level measurement date and time, main body reception signal level, power supply progress information, It is possible to specify the power elapsed time. In addition to the “broadcast type” described above, “broadcast station name” may be stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81. In this case, “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
　図２に戻り配信コンテンツＤＢ８２には、放送送信装置１１のＭＵＸ部４５から専用回線を経て送信されてきた放送データが記憶されている。また、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２に記憶されているコンテンツは、当該放送データに関連する番組連動型のコンテンツや放送終了後にも配信できるコンテンツ（リアルタイムに拘らないで配信可能なコンテンツ）、また前述したエリア限定のものではないコンテンツなども記憶されている。 Referring back to FIG. 2, the distribution content DB 82 stores broadcast data transmitted from the MUX unit 45 of the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 via a dedicated line. The contents stored in the distribution content DB 82 include program-linked contents related to the broadcast data, contents that can be distributed even after the broadcast ends (contents that can be distributed regardless of real time), and the above-mentioned area-limited contents. Contents that are not things are also stored.
　周波数ＤＢ８３には、郵便番号などで特定される地域ごとに受信可能な放送局２の放送周波数情報、各放送周波数において受信可能とされる電界受信強度の所定値（所定レベルの値）、当該放送局２の放送局名などの情報が記憶されている。なお、周波数ＤＢ８３は、受信機４からの取得要求により、指定された地域が放送範囲と推定される放送局リストとなる周波数テーブルを提供するようにしてもよい。 In the frequency DB 83, broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 that can be received for each area specified by a postal code, a predetermined value (a value of a predetermined level) of electric field reception intensity that can be received at each broadcast frequency, the broadcast Information such as the broadcasting station name of the station 2 is stored. The frequency DB 83 may provide a frequency table that is a list of broadcast stations in which the designated area is estimated to be a broadcast range in response to an acquisition request from the receiver 4.
　このように、配信サーバ１２は、コンテンツ配信要求をしてきた受信機４に対してコンテンツ配信可否判定を行うと共に、コンテンツ配信が可能と判定した場合には、放送送信装置１１で提供する放送コンテンツ、当該放送コンテンツに関するコンテンツ、その他のコンテンツをＩＰ通信網３経由で配信する。 In this way, the distribution server 12 determines whether or not content distribution is possible with respect to the receiver 4 that has requested the content distribution, and when determining that the content distribution is possible, the broadcast content provided by the broadcast transmission device 11, Content related to the broadcast content and other content are distributed via the IP communication network 3.
（受信機４の構成）
　続いて、受信機４の構成について説明する。図４は、図１に示す受信機４の構成図である。受信機４は、アンテナ部２１、本体部２２を主要な構成要素としている。アンテナ部２１は、本体部２２に対して専用ケーブルにより接続されており、このアンテナ部２１をたとえばユーザが屋外に持ち出すことにより、受信状況が屋内より良好な状況で放送局２の放送波を受信することができる。 (Configuration of receiver 4)
Next, the configuration of the receiver 4 will be described. FIG. 4 is a configuration diagram of the receiver 4 shown in FIG. The receiver 4 includes an antenna unit 21 and a main body unit 22 as main components. The antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 with a dedicated cable. When the user takes the antenna unit 21 outdoors, for example, the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 2 is received in a better reception condition than indoors. can do.
　図４に示すように、アンテナ部２１は、チューナー９１、受信情報記憶部９２、バッテリ９３、操作入力部９４、受信状況検出部９５、制御部９６、タイマー９７、放送局テーブル９８、本体接続部９９を主要な構成要素としている。ここで、制御部９６は、ＣＰＵなどの中央処理演算装置などで構成され、アンテナ部２１全体を制御する。また、上述した受信情報記憶部９２、放送局テーブル９８は、不図示の記憶部に記憶されており、当該記憶部は、たとえば、ＲＯＭ、フラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。 As shown in FIG. 4, the antenna unit 21 includes a tuner 91, a reception information storage unit 92, a battery 93, an operation input unit 94, a reception status detection unit 95, a control unit 96, a timer 97, a broadcast station table 98, and a main body connection unit. 99 is the main component. Here, the control unit 96 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire antenna unit 21. The reception information storage unit 92 and the broadcast station table 98 described above are stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit is composed of a storage device such as a ROM or a flash memory, for example.
　チューナー９１は、アンテナ２１Ａを介して放送送信装置１１からの放送波を受信し、受信信号を本体部２２に供給する。また、チューナー９１は、放送送信装置１１からの放送波の受信状況（例えば受信電界強度）を制御部９６へ供給する。 The tuner 91 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 via the antenna 21 </ b> A and supplies a reception signal to the main unit 22. Further, the tuner 91 supplies the reception state (for example, received electric field strength) of the broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 to the control unit 96.
　受信情報記憶部９２は、アンテナ部２１で受信された各放送局２の受信状況が記憶される記憶部位である。 The reception information storage unit 92 is a storage part in which the reception status of each broadcasting station 2 received by the antenna unit 21 is stored.
　図５は、図４に示すアンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されているデータの一例である。図５に示すように、受信情報記憶部９２には、「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」などの欄が設けられている。なお、図５に示す「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」の各データは、図３に示した配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に格納されている「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」の各データとそれぞれ同様であるため、これらの説明は省略する。なお、受信情報記憶部９２にも配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１と同様に、上述の「放送種別」に加えて「放送局名」が記憶されていてもよい。その場合、「放送局名」には、放送局名として、各放送局２の名称を示す情報が格納される。 FIG. 5 is an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 5, the received information storage unit 92 includes columns such as “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external received signal level”, “external received signal level measurement date”. Note that the “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date / time” data shown in FIG. 5 are stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 shown in FIG. Since this is the same as the data of “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date / time”, description thereof will be omitted. In addition to the “broadcast type” described above, “broadcast station name” may be stored in the reception information storage unit 92 as well as the distribution availability determination information DB 81. In this case, “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
　図４に戻りバッテリ９３は、アンテナ部２１に電力を供給するための電源供給手段である。 Returning to FIG. 4, the battery 93 is a power supply means for supplying power to the antenna unit 21.
　操作入力部９４は、ユーザからの操作を受け付ける入力手段である。たとえば、ユーザが現在位置情報を入力する際に用いられ、郵便番号などを入力することができる。また、操作入力部９４は、ユーザがアンテナ部２１を屋外に持ち出して外部の受信状況を登録したい場合に外部受信状況登録要求を入力する際に用いられる。 The operation input unit 94 is an input unit that receives an operation from the user. For example, it is used when the user inputs current position information, and a zip code or the like can be input. The operation input unit 94 is used when a user takes the antenna unit 21 outdoors and inputs an external reception status registration request when the user wants to register an external reception status.
　受信状況検出部９５は、制御部９６からの受信状況検出指示により、放送局２の放送送信装置１１から送出される放送波の受信状況を検出する。たとえば、受信状況検出部９５は、電界受信強度信号を生成できる電界受信強度信号生成回路（不図示）などから構成され、当該生成回路から得られる値が主制御部１１０に出力されるようにする。当該生成回路としては、たとえば公知のＲＳＳＩ（Ｒｅｃｅｉｖｅ　Ｓｉｇｎａｌ　Ｓｔｒｅｎｇｔｈ　Ｉｎｄｉｃａｔｉｏｎ）回路を備えさせ、当該ＲＳＳＩ回路から電界受信強度信号を得られるようにすることができる。なお、電界受信強度が検出できればどのような回路であってもよい。上述した電界受信強度信号生成回路から得られる電界受信強度信号を用いることで放送波の受信状況を検出することができる。 The reception status detection unit 95 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast transmission device 11 of the broadcast station 2 based on the reception status detection instruction from the control unit 96. For example, the reception status detection unit 95 is configured by an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal, and a value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the main control unit 110. . As the generation circuit, for example, a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit can be provided so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected. By using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit described above, it is possible to detect the broadcast wave reception status.
　タイマー９７は、放送局２の受信状況の判別開始、または当該判定が終了してから、本体部２２に接続されるまでの時間を計時する際に用いられる。制御部９６は、タイマー９７により、受信状況を検出してから所定時間を越えてからアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されたか否かを判定することができる。当該判定により、ユーザの不正により配信サーバ１２からのコンテンツを取得できないようにすることができる。 The timer 97 is used when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is started or when the time from the end of the determination to the connection to the main unit 22 is counted. The control unit 96 can determine whether or not the antenna unit 21 has been connected to the main unit 22 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the reception status was detected by the timer 97. By this determination, it is possible to prevent the content from the distribution server 12 from being acquired due to user injustice.
　放送局テーブル９８は、放送局２の周波数情報から構成される。制御部９６は、操作入力部９４から入力された郵便番号情報に基づいて、放送局テーブル９８を参照し、当該地域に対応する放送局２の周波数情報を特定することができる。制御部９６は、放送局テーブル９８を参照して特定された放送局２の周波数情報を用いることで、チューナー９１によるチューニング処理をよりはやく処理させることができる。具体的には、制御部９６は、チューナー９１を用いて放送局テーブル９８を参照して特定された放送周波数のそれぞれと同調を行う。なお、放送局テーブル９８に含まれる周波数情報は、配信サーバ１２の周波数ＤＢ８３に問い合せることにより取得するようにしても良い。 Broadcast station table 98 is composed of frequency information of broadcast station 2. Based on the zip code information input from the operation input unit 94, the control unit 96 can specify the frequency information of the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the area by referring to the broadcast station table 98. The control unit 96 can perform the tuning process by the tuner 91 more quickly by using the frequency information of the broadcasting station 2 specified with reference to the broadcasting station table 98. Specifically, the control unit 96 uses the tuner 91 to tune with each of the broadcast frequencies specified with reference to the broadcast station table 98. Note that the frequency information included in the broadcast station table 98 may be acquired by making an inquiry to the frequency DB 83 of the distribution server 12.
　本体接続部９９は、後述する本体部２２に接続するインタフェースである。これにより当該アンテナ部２１で取得した放送波状況などの受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されている情報を本体部２２へ送信できるようになる。 The main body connection unit 99 is an interface connected to the main body unit 22 described later. As a result, information stored in the reception information storage unit 92 such as the broadcast wave situation acquired by the antenna unit 21 can be transmitted to the main body unit 22.
　続いて、本体部２２について説明する。本体部２２は、アンテナ接続部１０１、復調部１０２、ＲＯＭ１０３、ＲＡＭ１０４、通信制御部１０５、受信情報記憶部１０６、電源検出部１０７、タイマー１０８、操作入力部１０９、主制御部１１０、映像出力部１１１、および音声出力部１１２、を主要な構成要素としている。ここで、主制御部１１０は、ＣＰＵなどの中央処理演算装置などで構成され、本体部２２および上述したアンテナ部２１を含めた受信機４全体を制御する。また、上述した受信情報記憶部１０６に格納されている情報は、不図示の記憶部に記憶されており、当該記憶部は、たとえば、ハードディスク、フラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。 Subsequently, the main body 22 will be described. The main unit 22 includes an antenna connection unit 101, a demodulation unit 102, a ROM 103, a RAM 104, a communication control unit 105, a reception information storage unit 106, a power supply detection unit 107, a timer 108, an operation input unit 109, a main control unit 110, and a video output unit. 111 and the audio output unit 112 are main components. Here, the main control unit 110 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire receiver 4 including the main body unit 22 and the antenna unit 21 described above. Further, the information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 described above is stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit includes a storage device such as a hard disk or a flash memory.
　アンテナ接続部１０１は、アンテナ部２１と接続するインタフェースである。これによりアンテナ部２１で取得した放送波状況などの受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されている情報を本体部２２へ受信できるようになる。 The antenna connection unit 101 is an interface connected to the antenna unit 21. As a result, information stored in the reception information storage unit 92 such as the broadcast wave situation acquired by the antenna unit 21 can be received by the main body unit 22.
　復調部１０２は、チューナー９１からの受信情報をもとに受信信号を復調し、それぞれの信号をデコードする。ＲＯＭ１０３には、プログラムや固定データが記憶され、主制御部１１０から適宜読み出される。ＲＡＭ１０４は、主制御部１１０が演算処理中にデータを一時的に記憶するのに用いられる。通信制御部１０５は、ＩＰ通信網３を介して放送局２の配信サーバ１２と通信を行う通信インタフェースである。 The demodulator 102 demodulates the received signal based on the received information from the tuner 91 and decodes each signal. The ROM 103 stores programs and fixed data, and is appropriately read from the main control unit 110. The RAM 104 is used for the main control unit 110 to temporarily store data during arithmetic processing. The communication control unit 105 is a communication interface that communicates with the distribution server 12 of the broadcast station 2 via the IP communication network 3.
　受信情報記憶部１０６には、アンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されているデータが送信されてきた場合には、当該データ（図５）の他に、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されている状態で放送局２の受信状況を計測した時の本体受信信号レベル、受信機４に割り振られているＩＰアドレス、機器ＩＤ、電源経過情報などの機器情報が記憶される。 When the data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 is transmitted to the reception information storage unit 106, the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 in addition to the data (FIG. 5). Device information such as a main body reception signal level when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is measured in a connected state, an IP address assigned to the receiver 4, a device ID, and power supply progress information is stored.
　図６は、本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶されているデータの一例である。図６に示すように、受信情報記憶部１０６には「機器ＩＤ」、「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「本体受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」、「電源経過情報」、「電源経過日時」、「ＩＰアドレス」の欄が設けられている。なお、図６に示す「機器ＩＤ」、「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「本体受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」、「電源経過情報」、「電源経過日時」、「ＩＰアドレス」の各データは、図３に示した配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に格納されている「機器ＩＤ」、「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「本体受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」、「電源経過情報」、「電源経過日時」、「ＩＰアドレス」の各データとそれぞれ同様であるため、これらの説明は省略する。なお、受信情報記憶部１０６にも配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１と同様に、上述の「放送種別」に加えて「放送局名」が記憶されていてもよい。その場合、「放送局名」には、放送局名として、各放送局２の名称を示す情報が格納される。 FIG. 6 is an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main unit 22. As shown in FIG. 6, the reception information storage unit 106 includes “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body reception signal level”, “external reception signal level”, “external reception signal level measurement date / time”. ”,“ Power supply progress information ”,“ Power supply elapsed time ”, and“ IP address ”are provided. Note that “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body received signal level”, “external received signal level”, “external received signal level measurement date / time”, “power supply progress information”, Each data of “power elapsed time” and “IP address” includes “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body reception signal level” stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 shown in FIG. ”,“ External reception signal level ”,“ External reception signal level measurement date / time ”,“ Power supply progress information ”,“ Power supply progress date / time ”, and“ IP address ”, respectively, and the description thereof will be omitted. . In addition to the “broadcast type” described above, “broadcast station name” may also be stored in the reception information storage unit 106, as in the distribution availability determination information DB 81. In this case, “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
　なお、主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されている「外部受信信号レベル」については、受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶せず、アンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２のデータを配信サーバ１２に直接送信するようにしてもよい。また、受信情報記憶部１０６には、配信サーバ１２のＵＲＬやＰ２Ｐの検索クエリ情報などが予め記憶されていてもよい。また、配信サーバ１２のＵＲＬなどはＲＯＭ１０３に記憶されていても良いし、放送送信装置１１の放送波に多重化されて送信されても良いし、特定のサイトにアクセスすることにより入手するようにしてもよい。 The main control unit 110 does not store the “external reception signal level” stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106, but receives the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21. The data may be transmitted directly to the distribution server 12. The reception information storage unit 106 may store URLs of the distribution server 12, P2P search query information, and the like in advance. The URL of the distribution server 12 may be stored in the ROM 103, may be transmitted by being multiplexed with the broadcast wave of the broadcast transmission device 11, or may be obtained by accessing a specific site. May be.
　電源検出部１０７は、家庭用電源５に接続されているか否かを検出する。タイマー１０８は、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから経過した時間を計時する際に用いられる。主制御部１１０は、電源検出部１０７からの検出信号に基づいてタイマー１０８で計時を行い、家庭用電源５から切断されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判別する。主制御部１１０は、所定時間経過したと判定された場合、その情報（判定フラグの「１」）を受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶する。 The power source detection unit 107 detects whether or not the home power source 5 is connected. The timer 108 is used when measuring the time elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5. The main control unit 110 measures time with the timer 108 based on the detection signal from the power supply detection unit 107 and determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the power supply 5 was disconnected from the home power supply 5. When it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the main control unit 110 stores the information (determination flag “1”) in the reception information storage unit 106.
　操作入力部１０９は、ユーザから入力を受け付け、主制御部１１０にユーザの指示を伝える。操作入力部１０９は、たとえば、リモコンやタッチパネルであるが、音声入力などであってもよい。 The operation input unit 109 receives an input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the main control unit 110. The operation input unit 109 is, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be a voice input or the like.
　映像出力部１１１は、主制御部１１０から送られてきた表示情報を表示信号に変換し、表示装置６に表示する。表示装置６は、たとえば、ディスプレイ、テレビである。なお、受信機４が表示装置６を備えていてもよい。 The video output unit 111 converts the display information sent from the main control unit 110 into a display signal and displays it on the display device 6. The display device 6 is, for example, a display or a television. Note that the receiver 4 may include the display device 6.
　音声出力部１１２は、主制御部１１０からの音声データを音声信号に変換し、音声再生装置７で再生する。音声再生装置７は、たとえば、スピーカである。受信機４が音声再生装置７を備えていてもよい。 The audio output unit 112 converts the audio data from the main control unit 110 into an audio signal and reproduces it with the audio reproduction device 7. The audio reproduction device 7 is a speaker, for example. The receiver 4 may include an audio playback device 7.
（受信機４のアンテナ部２１の外部受信状況検出処理）
　続いて、図７を参照し、受信機４のアンテナ部２１の外部受信状況検出処理について説明する。図７は、この外部受信状況検出処理を示すフローチャートである。なお、以下のフローチャートでは、アンテナ部２１は受信機４の本体部２２から取り外されている状態（アンテナ部２１と本体部２２は接続されていない状態）となっている。 (External reception status detection process of the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4)
Next, with reference to FIG. 7, the external reception status detection process of the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 will be described. FIG. 7 is a flowchart showing the external reception status detection process. In the following flowchart, the antenna unit 21 is removed from the main body unit 22 of the receiver 4 (the antenna unit 21 and the main body unit 22 are not connected).
　ＳＴＡＲＴ：アンテナ部２１の制御部９６は、外部受信状況の登録要求を操作入力部９４から受けると以下の処理を開始する。なお、外部受信状況の登録要求は、たとえば、ユーザがアンテナ部２１の操作入力部９４から外部受信状況を検出したい旨をボタン操作などで入力することで発生する。 START: When the control unit 96 of the antenna unit 21 receives a request for registration of external reception status from the operation input unit 94, it starts the following processing. The external reception status registration request is generated, for example, when the user inputs a button operation or the like indicating that the user wants to detect the external reception status from the operation input unit 94 of the antenna unit 21.
　Ｓ１：制御部９６は、操作入力部９４から指定地域の入力（例えば郵便番号の入力）があるか否かを判別する。制御部９６は、指定地域の入力がある場合（ステップＳ１でＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ２の処理へ移行し、入力がない場合（ステップＳ１でＮＯ）にはステップ３の処理へ移行する。 S1: The control unit 96 determines whether or not there is an input of a designated area (for example, input of a zip code) from the operation input unit 94. When there is an input of the designated area (YES in step S1), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S2, and when there is no input (NO in step S1), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step 3.
　Ｓ２：制御部９６は、指定された地域で受信できる各周波数を放送局テーブル９８から読み出すとともに、読み出された周波数情報に基づくチューニング処理を受信状況検出部９５に実行させる。実行依頼を受けた受信状況検出部９５はチューナー９１により当該放送局２へのチューニング処理を実行する。制御部９６は、ステップＳ２の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ４の処理へ移行する。 S2: The control unit 96 reads each frequency that can be received in the designated area from the broadcast station table 98, and causes the reception status detection unit 95 to execute tuning processing based on the read frequency information. Receiving the execution request, the reception status detection unit 95 executes tuning processing for the broadcast station 2 by the tuner 91. When the process of step S2 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4.
　Ｓ３：制御部９６は、オートシーク処理を受信状況検出部９５に実行させる。実行依頼を受けた受信状況検出部９５は、チューナー９１により所定の周波数間隔で電界受信強度をそれぞれチェックしていく処理を実行する。制御部９６は、ステップＳ３の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ４の処理へ移行する。 S3: The control unit 96 causes the reception status detection unit 95 to execute an auto seek process. Receiving the execution request, the reception status detection unit 95 executes a process of checking the electric field reception intensity by the tuner 91 at predetermined frequency intervals. When the process of step S3 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4.
　Ｓ４：制御部９６は、ステップＳ２でのチューニング処理、またはステップＳ３でのオートシーク処理によって得られた各周波数と当該周波数における外部受信状況（この例の場合、受信電界強度を示す情報）を対応付けて受信情報記憶部９２に記憶する。具体的には、制御部９６は、所定レベル以上の周波数であると判定された外部受信信号レベルの値を、受信情報記憶部９２（図３）に放送種別および放送周波数とともに、それぞれ対応付けて記憶する。すなわち放送局２毎に、放送種別、放送周波数、および外部受信信号レベル（以下、これらの情報を「外部受信状況情報」とする）が受信情報記憶部９２に記憶される。なお、所定レベル以上の周波数とは、放送局２の放送が良好に視聴できるレベルとして定められている値があれば、当該値に従って設定されることが好ましい。制御部９６は、ステップＳ４の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ５の処理へ移行する。 S4: The control unit 96 associates each frequency obtained by the tuning process at step S2 or the auto seek process at step S3 with the external reception status at this frequency (in this example, information indicating the received electric field strength). At the same time, it is stored in the reception information storage unit 92. Specifically, the control unit 96 associates the value of the external reception signal level determined to be a frequency equal to or higher than a predetermined level with the reception information storage unit 92 (FIG. 3) together with the broadcast type and the broadcast frequency. Remember. That is, for each broadcast station 2, the broadcast type, broadcast frequency, and external reception signal level (hereinafter, these pieces of information are referred to as “external reception status information”) are stored in the reception information storage unit 92. In addition, if there is a value defined as a level at which the broadcast of the broadcasting station 2 can be satisfactorily viewed, the frequency equal to or higher than the predetermined level is preferably set according to the value. When the process of step S4 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S5.
　Ｓ５：制御部９６は、タイマー９７の計時を開始する。制御部９６は、ステップＳ５の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ６の処理へ移行する。 S5: The control unit 96 starts measuring the timer 97. When the process of step S5 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S6.
　Ｓ６：制御部９６は、タイマー９７の計時を開始してから所定時間経過したか否かを判別する。ここで、所定時間とはたとえば１０分、１５分などの値が設定されるが、ユーザが受信機４からアンテナ部２１を屋外に持ち出して当該処理を開始してから本体部２２と再接続するまでの時間を考慮して適宜設定されることが好ましい。なお、タイマー９７の計時開始時点は、本体部２２から取り外されてから（アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されていない状態となってから）としてもよい。制御部９６は、計測して所定時間を経過した場合（ステップＳ６でＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ７の処理へ移行し、経過していない場合（ステップＳ６でＮＯ）にはステップＳ９の処理へ移行する。 S6: The control unit 96 determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the timer 97 started timing. Here, for example, a value such as 10 minutes or 15 minutes is set as the predetermined time, but the user takes the antenna unit 21 from the receiver 4 to the outdoors and starts the process, and then reconnects to the main unit 22. It is preferable to set appropriately considering the time until. It should be noted that the time measurement start point of the timer 97 may be after being removed from the main body 22 (after the antenna unit 21 is not connected to the main body 22). The control unit 96 moves to the process of step S7 when the predetermined time has elapsed after measurement (YES in step S6), and moves to the process of step S9 if not (NO in step S6). To do.
　Ｓ７：制御部９６は、受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されている外部受信状況情報を削除する。具体的には、制御部９６は、受信情報記憶部９２に「放送種別」および「放送周波数」により特定される放送局２毎に記憶されている「外部受信信号レベル」の情報を削除する。なお、受信情報記憶部９２に「放送種別」および「放送周波数」により特定される放送局２毎に記憶されている「外部受信信号レベル」の情報が複数記憶されている場合には、すべて削除することが好ましい。制御部９６は、ステップＳ７の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ８の処理へ移行する。 S7: The control unit 96 deletes the external reception status information stored in the reception information storage unit 92. Specifically, the control unit 96 deletes the “external reception signal level” information stored in the reception information storage unit 92 for each broadcast station 2 specified by “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency”. If a plurality of pieces of “external reception signal level” information stored for each broadcasting station 2 specified by “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency” are stored in the reception information storage unit 92, all of them are deleted. It is preferable to do. When the process of step S7 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S8.
　Ｓ８：制御部９６は、「外部受信信号レベル」の情報が削除された旨を不図示の表示部に表示し、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。なお、「外部受信信号レベル」の情報が削除された旨は、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に再接続された後に、当該受信機４が接続されている表示装置６に表示されるようにしてもよい。 S8: The control unit 96 displays that the “external reception signal level” information has been deleted on a display unit (not shown), and ends the processing (END). The information indicating that the “external reception signal level” information has been deleted is displayed on the display device 6 to which the receiver 4 is connected after the antenna unit 21 is reconnected to the main body unit 22. Also good.
　Ｓ９：制御部９６は、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されたか否かを検出する。制御部９６は、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されたと検出された場合（ステップＳ９でＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ１０の処理へ移行し、接続されていないと検出された場合（ステップＳ９でＮＯ）には、ステップＳ６の処理へ移行する。 S9: The control unit 96 detects whether or not the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22. When it is detected that the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 (YES in step S9), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S10, and when it is detected that the antenna unit 21 is not connected (in step S9). If NO, the process proceeds to step S6.
　Ｓ１０：制御部９６は、本体部２２に外部受信状況情報を送信する。すなわちアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されている状態から接続されていない状態となった時点から所定の時間内に本体部２２に再度接続された場合、本体部２２に外部受信状況情報が送信される。その後、制御部９６は、当該処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S10: The control unit 96 transmits external reception status information to the main body unit 22. That is, when the antenna unit 21 is connected again to the main unit 22 within a predetermined time from the time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main unit 22, the external reception status information is transmitted to the main unit 22. Is done. Then, the control part 96 complete | finishes the said process (END).
（受信機４での外部受信状況情報登録処理）
　続いて、図８を参照しながら、図７に示す処理で作成された外部受信状況情報を受信機４の本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に登録する処理について説明する。図８は、この外部受信状況情報登録処理を示すフローチャートである。 (External reception status information registration process at receiver 4)
Next, a process of registering the external reception status information created by the process shown in FIG. 7 in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body 22 of the receiver 4 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a flowchart showing the external reception status information registration process.
　ＳＴＡＲＴ：本体部２２の主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１が接続されると、以下の処理を開始する。 START: The main control unit 110 of the main body unit 22 starts the following process when the antenna unit 21 is connected.
　Ｓ２１：主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１から送信されてきた外部受信状況情報（図７のステップＳ１０）の受信有無を判定する。主制御部１１０は、外部受信状況情報を受信した場合（ステップＳ２１でＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ２２の処理へ移行し、外部受信状況情報を受信しない場合（ステップＳ２１でＮＯ）は外部受信状況情報登録処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S21: The main control unit 110 determines whether or not the external reception status information (step S10 in FIG. 7) transmitted from the antenna unit 21 has been received. When the main control unit 110 receives the external reception status information (YES in step S21), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S22, and when the external control status information is not received (NO in step S21), the external reception status information. The registration process is terminated (END).
　Ｓ２２：主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１から送信されてきた外部受信状況情報を、受信情報記憶部１０６（図７）に記憶して外部受信状況情報登録処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S22: The main control unit 110 stores the external reception status information transmitted from the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106 (FIG. 7), and ends the external reception status information registration process (END).
（配信サーバへのコンテンツ配信要求処理）
　続いて、図９を参照し、受信機４のコンテンツ配信要求処理について説明する。図９は、このコンテンツ配信要求処理を示すフローチャートである。 (Processing content distribution request to distribution server)
Next, the content distribution request process of the receiver 4 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing the content distribution request process.
　ＳＴＡＲＴ：本体部２２の主制御部１１０は、配信サーバ１２に対してコンテンツ配信要求があると以下の処理を開始する。たとえば、放送波で受信している番組をＩＰ通信網３経由で視聴したい場合などにユーザが操作入力部９４を操作すると、当該コンテンツ配信要求が発生する。 START: The main control unit 110 of the main body unit 22 starts the following process when a content distribution request is issued to the distribution server 12. For example, when the user operates the operation input unit 94 to view a program received by broadcast waves via the IP communication network 3, the content distribution request is generated.
　Ｓ３１：主制御部１１０は、コンテンツ配信要求のあった配信サーバ１２に対応する放送局２（の放送送信装置１１）からの放送波を受信中か否かを検出する。主制御部１１０は、受信中である場合（ステップＳ３１でＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ３３の処理へ移行し、受信中で無い場合（ステップＳ３１でＮＯ）には、ステップＳ３２の処理へ移行する。 S31: The main control unit 110 detects whether or not a broadcast wave is being received from the broadcast station 2 (the broadcast transmission device 11) corresponding to the distribution server 12 that requested the content distribution. When the main control unit 110 is receiving (YES in step S31), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S33, and when not receiving (NO in step S31), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S32.
　Ｓ３２：主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１のチューナー９１を介してコンテンツ配信要求のあった放送局２の放送周波数へチューニングし、放送波を受信する。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３２の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３３の処理へ移行する。 S32: The main control unit 110 tunes to the broadcast frequency of the broadcast station 2 that requested the content distribution via the tuner 91 of the antenna unit 21, and receives the broadcast wave. When the process of step S32 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S33.
　Ｓ３３：主制御部１１０は、配信要求があったコンテンツに対応する放送局２の受信状況を検出する。具体的には、主制御部１１０は、当該周波数における電界受信強度を計測すると共に、計測された値および放送種別をそれぞれ対応付けて受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶する。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３３の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３４の処理へ移行する。 S33: The main control unit 110 detects the reception status of the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the content requested to be distributed. Specifically, the main control unit 110 measures the electric field reception intensity at the frequency and stores the measured value and the broadcast type in association with each other in the reception information storage unit 106. When the process of step S33 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S34.
　Ｓ３４：主制御部１１０は、当該放送局２の配信サーバ１２に機器ＩＤ、ステップＳ３３で受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された外部受信状況情報、およびアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続された状態での受信状況情報（以下、この情報を本体受信状況情報と称する）をアップロードする。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３４の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３５の処理へ移行する。 S34: The main control unit 110 is connected to the main body 22 with the device ID in the distribution server 12 of the broadcasting station 2, the external reception status information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 in step S33, and the antenna unit 21. The reception status information (hereinafter, this information is referred to as main body reception status information) is uploaded. When the process of step S34 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S35.
　Ｓ３５：主制御部１１０は、図１０を参照して後述する処理で当該放送局２（放送送信装置１１）から本体受信状況情報および／または外部受信状況情報に応じた内容のコンテンツが送信されるため、そのコンテンツを受信する。具体的には、本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報が悪いためコンテンツができないことを示すコンテンツ（たとえば、放送範囲外なので配信することができませんというメッセージ情報）や、本体受信状況情報が良好あるいは外部受信状況情報が良好であり、配信してよいと判定されたために放送局２から配信される地域限定のコンテンツなどが配信され、そのコンテンツを受信する。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３５の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３６の処理へ移行する。 S35: The main control unit 110 transmits the content corresponding to the main body reception status information and / or the external reception status information from the broadcast station 2 (broadcast transmission device 11) in the process described later with reference to FIG. Therefore, the content is received. Specifically, content indicating that the main unit reception status information and external reception status information are bad and content cannot be performed (for example, message information that cannot be delivered because it is out of the broadcast range), main unit reception status information is good or external Since it is determined that the reception status information is good and can be distributed, the area-limited content distributed from the broadcasting station 2 is distributed, and the content is received. When the process of step S35 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S36.
　Ｓ３６：主制御部１１０は、復調部１０２、並びに映像出力部１１１および／または音声出力部１１２を制御して、受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして出力させる。映像出力部１１１は、出力されたコンテンツを表示装置６に表示し、音声出力部１１２は、出力されたコンテンツを音声再生装置７で再生し、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S36: The main control unit 110 controls the demodulation unit 102, the video output unit 111 and / or the audio output unit 112 to output the received content as video or audio output data. The video output unit 111 displays the output content on the display device 6, and the audio output unit 112 plays the output content on the audio playback device 7, and ends the processing (END).
（配信サーバ１２の動作）
　続いて、図１０を参照し、配信サーバ１２の動作を説明する。図１０は、図１に示す配信サーバ１２が実行するコンテンツ配信可否判定処理のフローチャートである。 (Operation of distribution server 12)
Next, the operation of the distribution server 12 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a flowchart of content distribution availability determination processing executed by the distribution server 12 shown in FIG.
　ＳＴＡＲＴ：配信サーバ１２のコンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４からアップロードされた本体受信状況情報、外部受信状況情報、機器情報（機器ＩＤなど）（図９のステップＳ３４）を受信すると、以下の処理を開始する。 START: The content distribution control unit 71 of the distribution server 12 receives the main body reception status information, external reception status information, and device information (device ID, etc.) uploaded from the receiver 4 (step S34 in FIG. 9) as follows. Start processing.
　Ｓ４１：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４の機器ＩＤ情報などにより機器認証等を行った上で、受信機４から送信されてきた本体受信状況情報からコンテンツ配信可否の判定処理を行う。具体的には、周波数ＤＢ８３を参照し、受信機４から送信された本体受信状況情報が、放送局２の放送波が受信可能なレベルにあるか否かを判定する。たとえば、この例の場合、本体受信状況情報の本体受信信号レベルが受信電界強度を示しているので、この本体受信状況情報の本体受信信号レベルが示している受信電界強度が所定のレベルを超えているか否かにより判定される。制御部９６は、配信可能であると判定した場合（ステップＳ４１でＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ４４の処理へ移行し、配信不可能であると判定した場合（ステップＳ４１でＮＯ）には、ステップＳ４２の処理へ移行する。なお、放送局２の放送波が受信可能なレベルにあるか否かを判定するために、ＢＥＲ（ビットエラーレート）の値を用い、それを本体受信状況情報とすることもできる。その場合には、受信機４側において、ＢＥＲを検出できる回路を備える必要がある。 S41: The content distribution control unit 71 performs device authentication and the like based on the device ID information of the receiver 4, and then determines whether or not the content can be distributed from the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. Specifically, with reference to the frequency DB 83, it is determined whether or not the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4 is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 can be received. For example, in this example, since the main body reception signal level of the main body reception status information indicates the reception electric field strength, the reception electric field strength indicated by the main body reception signal level of the main body reception status information exceeds a predetermined level. It is determined by whether or not it exists. If it is determined that the distribution is possible (YES in step S41), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S44. If it is determined that the distribution is impossible (NO in step S41), the control unit 96 proceeds to step S42. Move on to processing. In order to determine whether or not the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 is at a receivable level, a BER (bit error rate) value can be used as the main body reception status information. In that case, it is necessary to provide a circuit capable of detecting BER on the receiver 4 side.
　Ｓ４２：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、外部受信状況からコンテンツ配信可否の判定処理（外部受信状況判定処理）を行う。なお、外部受信状況判定処理の詳細は後述する。制御部９６は、ステップＳ４２の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ４３の処理へ移行する。 S42: The content distribution control unit 71 performs determination processing of whether or not content distribution is possible based on the external reception status (external reception status determination processing). Details of the external reception status determination process will be described later. When the process of step S42 is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S43.
　Ｓ４３：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ４２における判定結果が、配信可能である場合（ステップＳ４３でＹＥＳ）には、Ｓ４４の処理へ移行し、配信不可能であると判定した場合（ステップＳ４３でＮＯ）には、ステップＳ４７の処理へ移行する。 S43: If the determination result in step S42 is distributable (YES in step S43), the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of S44 and determines that distribution is impossible (in step S43). If NO, the process proceeds to step S47.
　Ｓ４４：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可能なコンテンツがあるか否かを、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２を参照して判定する。たとえば、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２に格納されているコンテンツの中に、現在時刻に放送すべきコンテンツの有無を検索し、配信可能なコンテンツを特定する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、コンテンツがあると判定した場合（ステップＳ４４でＹＥＳ）には、コンテンツ作成部７２に配信コンテンツＤＢ８２を参照して特定されたデータを配信データとして送信できる形式に作成するように依頼し、コンテンツを作成すると共に、ステップＳ４５の処理へ移行し、コンテンツがないと判定した場合（ステップＳ４４でＮＯ）にはステップＳ４６の処理へ移行する。 S44: The content distribution control unit 71 determines whether there is content that can be distributed with reference to the distribution content DB 82. For example, the content stored in the distribution content DB 82 is searched for the content to be broadcast at the current time, and the distributable content is specified. If the content distribution control unit 71 determines that there is content (YES in step S44), the content distribution control unit 71 creates the data specified by referring to the distribution content DB 82 to the content creation unit 72 in a format that can be transmitted as distribution data. The process proceeds to step S45, and if it is determined that there is no content (NO in step S44), the process proceeds to step S46.
　Ｓ４５：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４に対してコンテンツ作成部７２が作成したコンテンツを送信し、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S45: The content distribution control unit 71 transmits the content created by the content creation unit 72 to the receiver 4, and ends the processing (END).
　Ｓ４６：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可能なコンテンツがない場合には、その旨を通知するコンテンツをコンテンツ作成部７２に作成させて受信機４に送信し、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。たとえば、放送局２が当該時間帯においてＩＰ通信網３経由でのコンテンツ配信を行っていない場合、またはメンテナンス期間などに該当し、配信可能なコンテンツがない旨のメッセージを通知する。 S46: If there is no content that can be distributed, the content distribution control unit 71 causes the content generation unit 72 to generate content to notify that and transmits it to the receiver 4, and ends the processing (END). For example, when the broadcast station 2 does not distribute content via the IP communication network 3 in the time zone, or corresponds to a maintenance period, a message indicating that there is no content that can be distributed is notified.
　Ｓ４７：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信状況により送信できない旨のコンテンツをコンテンツ作成部７２に作成させて受信機４に送信し、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。たとえば、受信機４から送信されてきた外部受信状況から放送局２からの放送波を受信可能なエリア外であると判定された場合など、「放送範囲外でコンテンツ配信ができません」といったメッセージのコンテンツが受信機４に対して送信される。
（外部受信状況判定処理）
　続いて、図１１を参照し、図１０に示すステップＳ４２の外部受信状況判定処理の詳細について説明する。図１１は、この外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。なお、以下の処理は、図１０に示すステップＳ４１で、受信機４から送信された本体受信状況情報から、放送局２の放送波が受信可能なレベルにないと判定されたとき、開始される。 S47: The content distribution control unit 71 causes the content creation unit 72 to create content that cannot be transmitted depending on the reception status, transmits the content to the receiver 4, and ends the processing (END). For example, when it is determined that the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 is out of the area where the broadcast wave from the broadcast station 2 can be received from the external reception status transmitted from the receiver 4, the content of the message “Contents cannot be distributed outside the broadcast range” Is transmitted to the receiver 4.
(External reception status judgment processing)
Next, with reference to FIG. 11, details of the external reception status determination processing in step S42 shown in FIG. 10 will be described. FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process. Note that the following processing is started when it is determined in step S41 shown in FIG. 10 that the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 is not at a receivable level from the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. .
　Ｓ７１：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４から送信された外部受信状況情報から受信状況の判定処理を行う。具体的には、周波数ＤＢ８３を参照し、受信機４から送信された外部受信状況情報が、放送局２の放送波が受信可能なレベルにあるか否かを判定する。たとえば、この例の場合、外部受信状況は受信電界強度を示しているので、外部受信状況情報が示す受信電界強度値が所定のレベルを超えているか否かにより判定する。制御部９６は、受信可能であると判定した場合（ステップＳ７１でＹＥＳ）には、Ｓ７２の処理へ移行し、受信不可能であると判定した場合（ステップＳ７１でＮＯ）にはＳ７３の処理へ移行する。なお、放送局２の放送波が受信可能なレベルにあるか否かを判定するために、ＢＥＲ（ビットエラーレート）の値を用いるようにしてもよい。その場合には、受信機４側において、ＢＥＲを検出できる回路を備える必要がある。 S71: The content distribution control unit 71 performs reception status determination processing from the external reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. Specifically, the frequency DB 83 is referred to and it is determined whether or not the external reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4 is at a level at which the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 can be received. For example, in this example, since the external reception status indicates the received electric field strength, the determination is made based on whether or not the received electric field strength value indicated by the external reception status information exceeds a predetermined level. If the control unit 96 determines that reception is possible (YES in step S71), the process proceeds to step S72. If it is determined that reception is not possible (NO in step S71), the process proceeds to step S73. Transition. Note that a BER (bit error rate) value may be used in order to determine whether or not the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 is at a receivable level. In that case, it is necessary to provide a circuit capable of detecting BER on the receiver 4 side.
　Ｓ７２：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、当該受信機４へのコンテンツ配信が可能と判定し、当該処理を終了する（ＲＥＴＵＲＮ）。 S72: The content distribution control unit 71 determines that the content distribution to the receiver 4 is possible, and ends the process (RETURN).
　Ｓ７３：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、当該受信機４へのコンテンツ配信が不可能と判定し、当該処理を終了する（ＲＥＴＵＲＮ）。 S73: The content distribution control unit 71 determines that content distribution to the receiver 4 is impossible, and ends the processing (RETURN).
　以上に説明したことから、情報配信システム１においてコンテンツ配信が制御される。すなわち、少なくとも本体受信状況情報から配信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＹＥＳ）、放送波が受信可能な範囲にある受信機４に対してコンテンツを配信することができる（図１０のステップＳ４４でＹＥＳ、ステップＳ４５）。 As described above, content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1. That is, if it is determined that distribution is possible based on at least the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content can be distributed to the receiver 4 within the range in which broadcast waves can be received (FIG. 10). YES in step S44, step S45).
　また、本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報のいずれにおいても配信可能と判定されない場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＮＯ、ステップＳ４２、ステップＳ４３でＮＯ）、当該受信機４へのコンテンツの配信が行われないので（図１０のステップＳ４７）、放送範囲外になる受信機４に対するコンテンツ配信を制限することができる。 Further, when it is determined that neither the main body reception status information nor the external reception status information can be distributed (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S42, and NO in step S43), the content is distributed to the receiver 4. Since this is not done (step S47 in FIG. 10), content distribution to the receiver 4 outside the broadcasting range can be restricted.
　また、以上のように、本体部２２から取り外されたアンテナ部２１において計測された外部受信状況情報が本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された場合には（図８のステップＳ２２）、コンテンツ配信要求時に配信サーバ１２に送信され（図９のステップＳ３４）、外部受信状況情報に基づいて受信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４３）、コンテンツが配信される（図１０のステップＳ４５）。すなわち、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外したアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。また、たとえば家のレイアウト変更等におり、受信機４が放送を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、アンテナ部２１を受信状況が良好な場所に持ち出せば、同様に、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。 Further, as described above, when the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8), When the content distribution request is made, the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10). S45). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22). ) To the outdoors, and if the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is good, then the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22. For example, even when the layout of the house is changed and the receiver 4 is in an environment in which it is difficult to receive the broadcast, if the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
　このように、この情報配信システム１では、放送の受信状況によりコンテンツ配信の地域が制限される一方で、放送が受信しにくい環境の場合でも、適切にコンテンツを配信することができる。すなわち、アンテナ部２１に記憶された外部受信状況情報を本体部２２に記憶することで、たとえば、受信機４の設置場所によっては受信状況が好ましくなく、本来は放送対処地域であるのに、受信状況が悪くて、ＩＰ通信網３経由でコンテンツが配信されないような不具合を防止することができる。 As described above, in the information distribution system 1, the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
　また、以上のように、アンテナ部２１で外部受信信号レベルが計測されてから本体部２２に所定時間内に接続されなかった場合には（図７のステップＳ６でＹＥＳ）、外部受信状況情報が削除され（図７のステップＳ７）、結果的にコンテンツの配信が行われないので、不正配信を防止することができる。たとえば、ユーザは、本体部２２の設置されている場所とは異なり地域であり、かつ本体部２２との再接続に上記の所定時間以上かかるようなる地域にアンテナ部２１を持っていき、そこで受信状況を検出しても、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができない。 As described above, when the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7), the external reception status information is stored. Since it is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented. For example, the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
　続いて、本発明の実施例２について説明する。本発明の実施例２では、図７の処理において、アンテナ部２１の本体部２２への再接続が所定時間内に行われなかった場合に外部受信状況情報を削除するための処理（図７のステップＳ５～ステップＳ８に相当する処理）がない点と、図８の処理において、受信機４の本体部２２が、アンテナ部２１から送信されてくる外部受信状況の計測日時と本体部２２にアンテナ部が接続された日時を考慮して記憶する点と、図１０および図１１の処理において、配信サーバ１２が本体部２２からコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた日時と現在時刻を考慮してコンテンツ配信可否判定をする点が実施例１と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例１と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例２の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ａとする）。 Subsequently, Embodiment 2 of the present invention will be described. In the second embodiment of the present invention, when the reconnection of the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22 is not performed within a predetermined time in the process of FIG. 7, the process for deleting the external reception status information (FIG. 7). In the process of FIG. 8, the main body 22 of the receiver 4 receives the measurement date / time of the external reception status transmitted from the antenna unit 21 and the main body 22 with the antenna. In consideration of the date and time when the part was connected, and in the processing of FIGS. 10 and 11, whether or not the contents can be distributed in consideration of the date and time when the distribution server 12 transmitted the content distribution request from the main body part 22 and the current time. The point of determination is different from the first embodiment. Therefore, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted. System 1A).
　実施例２におけるアンテナ部２１の外部受信状況検出処理について図１２を参照して説明する。図１２は、この外部受信状況検出処理を示すフローチャートである。なお、図７に示した実施例１のアンテナ部２１と同じ処理については、同じステップ番号を付して、その説明を省略する。 The external reception status detection process of the antenna unit 21 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing the external reception status detection process. In addition, about the same process as the antenna part 21 of Example 1 shown in FIG. 7, the same step number is attached | subjected and the description is abbreviate | omitted.
　Ｓ２Ａ：制御部９６は、指定地域の入力がある場合は、その地域で受信できる各周波数を読み出し、それぞれの受信状況、及び現在日時を検出する。具体的には、制御部９６は、指定された地域で受信できる各周波数を放送局テーブル９８から読み出し、読み出された周波数情報に基づいて、チューナー９１および受信状況検出部９５によってチューニング処理を実行すると共に、当該チューニング処理を行った現在日時を取得する。なお、現在日時は、受信機４が内蔵している不図示の時計機構、またはＩＰ通信網３経由でＮＴＰサーバなどから取得することができる。制御部９６は、ステップＳ２Ａの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ４Ａの処理へ移行する。 S2A: When there is an input of a designated area, the control unit 96 reads each frequency that can be received in the area, and detects each reception status and current date and time. Specifically, the control unit 96 reads each frequency that can be received in the designated area from the broadcast station table 98, and performs tuning processing by the tuner 91 and the reception status detection unit 95 based on the read frequency information. In addition, the current date and time when the tuning process is performed are acquired. The current date and time can be obtained from a clock mechanism (not shown) built in the receiver 4 or an NTP server via the IP communication network 3. When the process of step S2A is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4A.
　Ｓ３Ａ：制御部９６は、オートシーク処理を行うとともに現在時刻を検出する。具体的には、制御部９６は、オートシーク処理をチューナー９１および受信状況検出部９５によって実行すると共に、当該処理を行った現在日時を取得する。制御部９６は、ステップＳ３Ａの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ４Ａの処理へ移行する。 S3A: The control unit 96 performs auto seek processing and detects the current time. Specifically, the control unit 96 executes auto seek processing by the tuner 91 and the reception status detection unit 95, and acquires the current date and time when the processing is performed. When the process of step S3A is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S4A.
　Ｓ４Ａ：制御部９６は、ステップＳ２ＡまたはＳ３Ａの処理によって得られた各周波数、当該周波数における受信状況、現在日時を対応付けて受信情報記憶部９２に記憶する。具体的には、制御部９６は、受信情報記憶部９２に「放送種別」および「放送周波数」により特定される放送局２毎に「外部受信信号レベル」の情報および「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」の情報を記憶する。制御部９６は、ステップＳ４Ａの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ５Ａの処理へ移行する。 S4A: The control unit 96 associates each frequency obtained by the process of step S2A or S3A, the reception status at the frequency, and the current date and time and stores them in the reception information storage unit 92. Specifically, the control unit 96 stores “external reception signal level” information and “external reception signal level measurement date and time” for each broadcast station 2 specified by the “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency” in the reception information storage unit 92. Is stored. When the process of step S4A is completed, the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S5A.
　Ｓ５Ａ：制御部９６は、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されたか否かを検出する。制御部９６は、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されたと検出された場合（ステップＳ５ＡでＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ６Ａの処理へ移行し、接続されていない場合（ステップＳ５ＡでＮＯ）には、接続を検出するまでステップＳ５Ａの判定処理を続ける。 S5A: The control unit 96 detects whether or not the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22. If it is detected that the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 (YES in step S5A), the control unit 96 proceeds to the process of step S6A, and if not connected (NO in step S5A). The determination process in step S5A is continued until a connection is detected.
　Ｓ６Ａ：制御部９６は、本体部２２に外部受信状況情報を送信する。すなわちアンテナ部２１から本体部２２に外部受信状況情報が送信される。その後、制御部９６は、当該処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S6A: The control unit 96 transmits external reception status information to the main unit 22. That is, the external reception status information is transmitted from the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22. Then, the control part 96 complete | finishes the said process (END).
　続いて、図１３を参照し、図１２のアンテナ部２１の処理で作成された受信状況情報を受信機４の本体部２２に登録する処理について説明する。図１３は、この外部受信状況情報登録処理を示すフローチャートである。なお、図８に示した実施例１のアンテナ部２１と同じ処理については、同じステップ番号を付して、その説明を省略する。 Subsequently, a process of registering the reception status information created by the process of the antenna unit 21 of FIG. 12 in the main body unit 22 of the receiver 4 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the external reception status information registration process. In addition, about the same process as the antenna part 21 of Example 1 shown in FIG. 8, the same step number is attached | subjected and the description is abbreviate | omitted.
　Ｓ２１Ａ：主制御部１１０は、外部受信状況を計測したときの時刻データとアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続された日時を比較し、所定時間経過しているか否かを判定する。ここで、所定時間とはたとえば１０分、１５分などの値が設定されるが、ユーザがアンテナ部２１を屋外に持ち出して当該処理を開始してから本体部２２と再接続するまでの時間を考慮して適宜設定されることが好ましい。主制御部１１０は、外部受信状況を計測したときの時刻データとアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続された日時とを比較し、経過していない場合（ステップＳ２１ＡでＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ２２Ｂの処理へ移行し、経過している場合（ステップＳ２１ＡでＮＯ）には、ステップＳ２２Ａの処理へ移行する。 S21A: The main control unit 110 compares the time data when the external reception status is measured with the date and time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22, and determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed. Here, for example, a value such as 10 minutes or 15 minutes is set as the predetermined time, but the time from when the user takes the antenna unit 21 to the outdoors and starts the process until the user reconnects with the main body unit 22 is determined. It is preferable to set appropriately considering the above. The main control unit 110 compares the time data when the external reception status is measured with the date and time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main unit 22, and if it has not elapsed (YES in step S21A), the main control unit 110 performs step S22B. If the process proceeds to (NO in step S21A), the process proceeds to step S22A.
　Ｓ２２Ａ：主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１の外部受信状況を受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶しないで、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S22A: The main control unit 110 ends the processing without storing the external reception status of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106 (END).
　Ｓ２２Ｂ：主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１の外部受信状況を受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶して、処理を終了する（ＥＮＤ）。 S22B: The main control unit 110 stores the external reception status of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106 and ends the processing (END).
　続いて、図１４を参照し、実施例２の配信サーバ１２が実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細について説明する。図１４は、この外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。この図１４に示す判定処理では、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２と接続した日時と、外部受信信号レベルの計測日時とを比較し、所定時間内経過していないものだけ受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶する点が図１１に示した実施例１の判定処理と異なる。なお、図１４では、実施例１の図１１に示す外部受信状況判定処理の詳細と異なる点のみを説明し、コンテンツ配信可否判定処理全体については実施例１の図１０に示すコンテンツ配信可否判定処理と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 Next, details of the external reception status determination process executed by the distribution server 12 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process. In the determination process shown in FIG. 14, the date and time when the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 and the measurement date and time of the external reception signal level are compared, and only those that have not passed within a predetermined time are stored in the reception information storage unit 106. This is different from the determination process of the first embodiment shown in FIG. 14 illustrates only the differences from the details of the external reception status determination process illustrated in FIG. 11 according to the first embodiment, and the content distribution permission determination process as a whole is illustrated in FIG. 10 according to the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
　Ｓ７１Ａ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１の処理でコンテンツを配信可能と判定された場合（ステップＳ７１でＹＥＳ）には、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を参照して、受信機４に関連付けられている外部受信状況情報の記憶日時とコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた日時とを比較して、配信可能であるか否かを判定する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可能な場合（ステップＳ７１ＡでＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ８３へ移行し、不可能な場合（ステップＳ７１ＡでＮＯ）には、ステップＳ７３の処理へ移行する。ここで、配信不可能な場合とは、具体的には、外部受信状況情報の計測日時がコンテンツ配信要求を送信してきた日時の１週間前あるいは１ヶ月前などの所定期間より前の計測日時となっている場合には配信不可能として、受け付けないようにする。 S71A: If it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71 (YES in step S71), the content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81 and is associated with the receiver 4. The storage date and time of the external reception status information is compared with the date and time when the content distribution request is transmitted, and it is determined whether or not distribution is possible. If distribution is possible (YES in step S71A), the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to step S83, and if not possible (NO in step S71A), the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to processing in step S73. Here, the case where distribution is impossible is specifically the measurement date and time before the predetermined period such as one week or one month before the date and time when the measurement date and time of the external reception status information has transmitted the content distribution request. If it is, it is determined that delivery is impossible and it is not accepted.
　以上に説明したことから、実施例２の情報配信システム１Ａにおいてコンテンツ配信が制御される。すなわち、実施例１と同様に、少なくとも本体受信状況情報から配信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＹＥＳ）、放送波が受信可能な範囲にある受信機４に対してコンテンツを配信することができる（図１０のステップＳ４４でＹＥＳ、ステップＳ４５）。 As described above, content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1A according to the second embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, step S45).
　また、実施例１と同様に、本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報のいずれにおいても配信可能と判定されない場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＮＯ、図１４のステップＳ７１でＮＯ、ステップＳ７１ＡでＮＯ）、当該受信機４へのコンテンツの配信が行われないので（図１４のステップＳ７３）、放送範囲外になる受信機４に対するコンテンツ配信を制限することができる。 Similarly to the first embodiment, when it is not determined that delivery is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 14, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 14), the content distribution to the receiver 4 outside the broadcasting range can be restricted.
　また、本体部２２から取り外された状態におけるアンテナ部２１で計測された外部受信状況情報が、当該計測時点から本体部２２に接続されるまでの間が所定時間経過していない場合に（図１３のステップＳ２１ＡでＮＯ）、当該外部受信状況情報が本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶され、コンテンツ配信要求時に配信サーバ１２に送信され（図９のステップＳ３４）、外部受信状況情報に基づいて受信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４３）、コンテンツが配信される（図１０のステップＳ４５）。すなわち、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外したアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。また、たとえば家のレイアウト変更等におり、受信機４が放送を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、アンテナ部２１を受信状況が良好な場所に持ち出せば、同様に、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。 Further, when the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 in a state where it is detached from the main body unit 22 has not passed for a predetermined time from the measurement time point until the main unit unit 22 is connected (FIG. 13). NO in step S21A), the external reception status information is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main unit 22, and is transmitted to the distribution server 12 at the time of content distribution request (step S34 in FIG. 9), based on the external reception status information. If it is determined that the content can be received (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step S45 in FIG. 10). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22). ) To the outdoors, and if the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is good, then the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22. For example, even when the layout of the house is changed and the receiver 4 is in an environment in which it is difficult to receive the broadcast, if the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
　このように、実施例２の情報配信システム１Ａでは、放送の受信状況によりコンテンツ配信の地域が制限される一方で、放送が受信しにくい環境の場合でも、適切にコンテンツを配信することができる。すなわち、アンテナ部２１に記憶された外部受信状況情報を本体部２２に記憶することで、たとえば、受信機４の設置場所によっては受信状況が好ましくなく、本来は放送対処地域であるのに、受信状況が悪くて、ＩＰ通信網３経由でコンテンツが配信されないような不具合を防止することができる。 As described above, in the information distribution system 1A according to the second embodiment, the content distribution area is limited depending on the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
　また、以上のように、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２から取り外された状態での外部受信信号レベルの計測日時から本体部２２へ再び接続されるまでが、所定時間を経過していた場合には（図１３のステップＳ２１ＡでＹＥＳ）、本体部２２へ記憶されないので（図１３のステップＳ２２Ａ）、結果的にコンテンツの配信が行われず、不正配信を防止することができる。たとえば、ユーザは、本体部２２の設置されている場所とは異なり地域であり、かつ本体部２２との再接続に上記の所定時間以上かかるようなる地域にアンテナ部２１を持っていき、そこで受信状況を検出しても、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができない。 In addition, as described above, when a predetermined time has passed from the measurement date / time of the external reception signal level when the antenna unit 21 is detached from the main body unit 22 to the connection to the main body unit 22 again. (YES in step S21A in FIG. 13), since it is not stored in the main body unit 22 (step S22A in FIG. 13), content is not distributed as a result, and unauthorized distribution can be prevented. For example, the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
　続いて、本発明の実施例３について説明する。本発明の実施例３では、配信サーバ１２側の外部受信状況判定処理において、前回外部受信状況判定処理でコンテンツを受信できた時点からの経過期間が所定時間経過しているか否かの判定をしている点が、実施例１の判定処理と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例１と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例３の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｂとする）。 Subsequently, Embodiment 3 of the present invention will be described. In the third embodiment of the present invention, in the external reception status determination processing on the distribution server 12 side, it is determined whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the last time the content was received in the external reception status determination processing. This is different from the determination process of the first embodiment. Accordingly, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted (hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system of the third embodiment, information distribution will be described. System 1B).
　実施例３の配信サーバ１２が実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細について図１５を参照して説明する。図１５は、この外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。なお、図１５では、実施例１の図１１に示す外部受信状況判定処理の詳細と異なる点のみを説明し、コンテンツ配信可否判定処理全体については実施例１の図１０に示すコンテンツ配信可否判定処理と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 Details of the external reception status determination process executed by the distribution server 12 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process. 15 illustrates only the differences from the details of the external reception status determination process illustrated in FIG. 11 of the first embodiment, and the content distribution permission determination process as a whole is illustrated in FIG. 10 of the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
　Ｓ７１Ｂ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１の処理でコンテンツを配信可能と判定された場合（ステップＳ７１でＹＥＳ）には、機器ＩＤ、配信可能と判定した日時、その時点の外部受信状況情報について配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に記憶する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１Ｂの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ７１Ｃの処理へ移行する。 S71B: If it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71 (YES in step S71), the content distribution control unit 71 determines the device ID, the date and time when it is determined that distribution is possible, and the external reception status information at that time. It is stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81. When the process of step S71B is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S71C.
　Ｓ７１Ｃ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を参照して、当該受信機４について前回配信可能と判定した時点のデータと今回のデータを比較する。なお、前回配信可能と判定した時点のデータとは、たとえば、配信サーバ１２側でコンテンツ配信要求を受けて、コンテンツ配信可否判定処理によりコンテンツ配信可能と判断した場合に当該判定時の時刻を配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に関連付けて記憶しておき、今回の判定日時に一番近い日時に判定したデータを前回配信可能と判定したデータとみなすことができる。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、前回配信可能と判定したデータがない場合は判定対象がないため、送信可能と判断し（ステップＳ７１ＣでＹＥＳ）には、配信可能と判定し、ステップＳ７２の処理へ移行する。一方、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、前回配信可能と判定した日時がある場合には、更にステップＳ７１Ｂで記憶された今回の日時と比較して所定期間経過しているか否かを判定する。ここで、ステップＳ７２における所定期間とは、たとえば、前回の外部受信状況情報の計測日時が今回の日時の１週間前あるいは１ヶ月前などの所定期間より前の計測日時となっている場合には所定期間を経過していると判定するようにする。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、所定期間内であれば配信可能と判定し、ステップＳ７２の処理へ移行する。一方、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、所定期間を経過している場合には、配信不可と判定し、ステップＳ７３の処理へ移行する。なお、所定期間経過しているか否かのみで判定したが、次の判定を加えてもよい。たとえば、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１Ｃの処理において、所定期間が経過していると判定された場合に、前回のデータと今回のデータにおける外部受信状況情報を比較する。そして、外部受信状況情報レベルの数値が違っていたり、外部受信状況情報が計測された受信日時が異なっていたりする場合には、今回の外部受信状況情報レベルの値のみで配信可否判定を行い、所定レベル以上であれば配信可能としてもよい。 S71C: The content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81, and compares the data at the time when it is determined that the receiver 4 can be distributed last time with the current data. Note that the data at the time when it was determined that the previous distribution is possible is, for example, whether the distribution server 12 side receives the content distribution request and determines whether the content can be distributed in the content distribution availability determination process. Data that is stored in association with the determination information DB 81 and determined at the date and time closest to the current determination date and time can be regarded as data that has been determined to be distributable last time. The content distribution control unit 71 determines that transmission is possible because there is no determination target when there is no data determined to be distributed last time (YES in step S71C), and proceeds to the processing of step S72. To do. On the other hand, if there is a date and time that it has been determined that the content can be distributed last time, the content distribution control unit 71 further determines whether or not a predetermined period has elapsed compared to the current date and time stored in step S71B. Here, the predetermined period in step S72 is, for example, when the measurement date and time of the previous external reception status information is a measurement date and time before a predetermined period such as one week or one month before the current date and time. It is determined that a predetermined period has elapsed. The content distribution control unit 71 determines that distribution is possible within a predetermined period, and proceeds to the process of step S72. On the other hand, if the predetermined period has elapsed, the content distribution control unit 71 determines that distribution is not possible, and proceeds to the process of step S73. In addition, although it determined only by whether the predetermined period passed, you may add the following determination. For example, when it is determined in step S71C that the predetermined period has elapsed, the content distribution control unit 71 compares the external reception status information in the previous data and the current data. And when the numerical value of the external reception status information level is different, or when the reception date and time when the external reception status information is measured is different, it is determined whether delivery is possible only with the value of the current external reception status information level, If it is above a predetermined level, delivery may be possible.
　以上に説明したことから、実施例３の情報配信システム１Ｂにおいてコンテンツ配信が制御される。すなわち、実施例１と同様に、少なくとも本体受信状況情報から配信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＹＥＳ）、放送波が受信可能な範囲にある受信機４に対してコンテンツを配信することができる（図１０のステップＳ４４でＹＥＳ、Ｓ４５）。 As described above, content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1B of the third embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, S45).
　また、実施例１と同様に、本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報のいずれにおいても配信可能と判定されない場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＮＯ、図１５のステップＳ７１でＮＯ、ステップＳ７１ＡでＮＯ）、当該受信機４へのコンテンツの配信が行われないので（図１５のステップＳ７３）、放送範囲外になる受信機４に対するコンテンツ配信を制限することができる。 Similarly to the first embodiment, when it is not determined that delivery is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 15, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 15), the content distribution to the receiver 4 outside the broadcasting range can be restricted.
　また、以上のように、本体部２２から取り外されたアンテナ部２１において計測された外部受信状況情報が本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された場合には（図８のステップＳ２２）、コンテンツ配信要求時に配信サーバ１２に送信され（図９のステップＳ３４）、外部受信状況情報に基づいて受信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４３）、コンテンツが配信される（図１０のステップＳ４５）。すなわち、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外したアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。また、たとえば家のレイアウト変更等におり、受信機４が放送を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、アンテナ部２１を受信状況が良好な場所に持ち出せば、同様に、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。 Further, as described above, when the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8), When the content distribution request is made, the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10). S45). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22). ) To the outdoors, and if the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is good, then the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22. For example, even when the layout of the house is changed and the receiver 4 is in an environment in which it is difficult to receive the broadcast, if the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
　このように、この情報配信システム１Ｂでは、放送の受信状況によりコンテンツ配信の地域が制限される一方で、放送が受信しにくい環境の場合でも、適切にコンテンツを配信することができる。すなわち、アンテナ部２１に記憶された外部受信状況情報を本体部２２に記憶することで、たとえば、受信機４の設置場所によっては受信状況が好ましくなく、本来は放送対処地域であるのに、受信状況が悪くて、ＩＰ通信網３経由でコンテンツが配信されないような不具合を防止することができる。 As described above, in this information distribution system 1B, the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
　また、実施例１と同様に、アンテナ部２１で外部受信信号レベルが計測されてから本体部２２に所定時間内に接続されなかった場合には（図７のステップＳ６でＹＥＳ）、外部受信状況情報が削除され（図７のステップＳ７）、結果的にコンテンツの配信が行われないので、不正配信を防止することができる。たとえば、ユーザは、本体部２２の設置されている場所とは異なり地域であり、かつ本体部２２との再接続に上記の所定時間以上かかるようなる地域にアンテナ部２１を持っていき、そこで受信状況を検出しても、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができない。 Similarly to the first embodiment, when the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7), the external reception status Since the information is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and the content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented. For example, the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
　また、情報配信システム１Ｂにおいては、配信サーバ１２側で、前回配信可能と判断された日時と、今回新たに配信可能と判断された日時を比較して所定期間が経過していない場合には、コンテンツ配信可能と判断するようにしている（図１５のステップＳ７１Ｃ、ステップＳ７２）。これにより、所定期間内において同一の配信可否判定結果がでていることから、ユーザが受信機４を移動させている蓋然性が低いと推測し、コンテンツの配信を許可することができる。 In the information distribution system 1B, the distribution server 12 side compares the date / time when it was determined that the previous distribution is possible and the date / time when it was newly determined that the distribution is possible this time, and if the predetermined period has not passed, It is determined that the content can be distributed (steps S71C and S72 in FIG. 15). Thereby, since the same distribution availability determination result is obtained within a predetermined period, it is estimated that the probability that the user is moving the receiver 4 is low, and content distribution can be permitted.
　なお、上記の実施例３における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理および外部受信状況登録処理は、実施例１における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図７）および外部受信状況登録処理（図８）と同様の方法をそれぞれ採用しているが、実施例２における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図１２）および外部受信状況登録処理（図１３）を採用するようにしてもよい。 The external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the third embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the first embodiment. The same method as the registration process (FIG. 8) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 13) executed by the receiver 4 in the second embodiment are employed. You may do it.
　続いて、本発明の実施例４について説明する。本発明の実施例４では、受信機４の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶されたＩＰアドレス情報が、コンテンツ配信要求処理と共に配信サーバ１２へアップロードされ、当該情報を用いてコンテンツ配信可否判定を行う点が実施例１の処理と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例１と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例４の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｃとする）。 Subsequently, Embodiment 4 of the present invention will be described. In the fourth embodiment of the present invention, the IP address information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4 is uploaded to the distribution server 12 together with the content distribution request process, and the content distribution determination is performed using the information. Is different from the processing of the first embodiment. Therefore, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system in the fourth embodiment, the information distribution is described. System 1C).
　本発明の実施例４の配信サーバ１２が実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細について図１６を参照して説明する。図１６は、この外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。なお、図１６では、実施例１の図１１に示す外部受信状況判定処理の詳細と異なる点のみを説明し、コンテンツ配信可否判定処理全体については実施例１の図１０に示すコンテンツ配信可否判定処理と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 Details of the external reception status determination process executed by the distribution server 12 according to the fourth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process. In FIG. 16, only the differences from the details of the external reception status determination process shown in FIG. 11 according to the first embodiment will be described. The content distribution availability determination process as a whole is shown in FIG. 10 according to the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
　Ｓ７１Ｄ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１の処理でコンテンツを配信可能と判定された場合には、当該受信機４の機器ＩＤ、ＩＰアドレス、その時点の外部受信状況情報について配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に記憶する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１Ｄの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ７１Ｅの処理へ移行する。 S71D: When it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71, the content distribution control unit 71 distributes the device ID and IP address of the receiver 4 and the external reception status information at that time to determine whether the content can be distributed. To remember. When the process of step S71D is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S71E.
　Ｓ７１Ｅ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を参照して、前回配信可能と判定した時点のＩＰアドレス情報と今回ステップＳ７１で配信可能と判定されたＩＰアドレス情報を比較する。なお、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、前回配信可能と判定したデータがそもそもない場合（ステップＳ７１ＥでＹＥＳ）は、判定対象がないため、配信可能と判定し、ステップＳ７２へ処理を移行する。一方で、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ＩＰアドレスが一致しない場合には配信不可と判定し、ステップＳ７１Ｆの処理へ移行する。なお、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ＩＰアドレスが一致しない場合においても、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に記憶されている外部受信信号レベルの数値が違っていたり、外部受信状況情報の計測された日時が異なっている場合には、その異なっている外部受信信号レベルのみでコンテンツ判定を行い、所定の受信レベル以上である場合にはコンテンツ配信可能と判定し、ステップＳ７２の処理へ移行するようにしてもよい。 S71E: The content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81, and compares the IP address information at the time when it is determined that the distribution is possible last time with the IP address information determined as the distribution possible at this step S71. If there is no data that has been determined to be distributable last time (YES in step S71E), the content distribution control unit 71 determines that there is no determination target and determines that distribution is possible, and the process proceeds to step S72. On the other hand, the content distribution control unit 71 determines that distribution is not possible when the IP addresses do not match, and proceeds to the process of step S71F. Even when the IP addresses do not match, the content distribution control unit 71 differs in the numerical value of the external reception signal level stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 or the date and time when the external reception status information is measured. If the received signal level is different, the content determination is performed only with the different external reception signal level. If the received signal level is equal to or higher than the predetermined reception level, it is determined that the content can be distributed, and the process may proceed to step S72. .
　Ｓ７１Ｆ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１Ｄで配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に記憶した今回のＩＰアドレス情報を削除する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１Ｆの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ７３の処理へ移行する。 S71F: The content distribution control unit 71 deletes the current IP address information stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 in step S71D. When the process of step S71F is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S73.
　以上に説明したことから、実施例４の情報配信システム１Ｃにおいてコンテンツ配信が制御される。すなわち、実施例１と同様に、少なくとも本体受信状況情報から配信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＹＥＳ）、放送波が受信可能な範囲にある受信機４に対してコンテンツを配信することができる（図１０のステップＳ４４でＹＥＳ、Ｓ４５）。 As described above, content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1C of the fourth embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, S45).
　また、実施例１と同様に、本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報のいずれにおいても配信可能と判定されない場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＮＯ、図１６のステップＳ７１でＮＯ、ステップＳ７１ＡでＮＯ）、当該受信機４へのコンテンツの配信が行われないので（図１６のステップＳ７３）、放送範囲外になる受信機４に対するコンテンツ配信を制限することができる。 Further, as in the first embodiment, when it is not determined that distribution is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 16, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 16), the content distribution to the receiver 4 that is out of the broadcasting range can be restricted.
　また、以上のように、本体部２２から取り外されたアンテナ部２１において計測された外部受信状況情報が本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された場合には（図８のステップＳ２２）、コンテンツ配信要求時に配信サーバ１２に送信され（図９のステップＳ３４）、外部受信状況情報に基づいて受信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４３）、コンテンツが配信される（図１０のステップＳ４５）。すなわち、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外したアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。また、たとえば家のレイアウト変更等におり、受信機４が放送を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、アンテナ部２１を受信状況が良好な場所に持ち出せば、同様に、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。 Further, as described above, when the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8), When the content distribution request is made, the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10). S45). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22). ) To the outdoors, and if the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is good, then the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22. For example, even when the layout of the house is changed and the receiver 4 is in an environment in which it is difficult to receive the broadcast, if the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
　このように、この情報配信システム１Ｃでは、放送の受信状況によりコンテンツ配信の地域が制限される一方で、放送が受信しにくい環境の場合でも、適切にコンテンツを配信することができる。すなわち、アンテナ部２１に記憶された外部受信状況情報を本体部２２に記憶することで、たとえば、受信機４の設置場所によっては受信状況が好ましくなく、本来は放送対処地域であるのに、受信状況が悪くて、ＩＰ通信網３経由でコンテンツが配信されないような不具合を防止することができる。 As described above, in this information distribution system 1C, the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
　また、実施例１と同様に、アンテナ部２１で外部受信信号レベルが計測されてから本体部２２に所定時間内に接続されなかった場合には（図７のステップＳ６でＹＥＳ）、外部受信状況情報が削除され（図７のステップＳ７）、結果的にコンテンツの配信が行われないので、不正配信を防止することができる。たとえば、ユーザは、本体部２２の設置されている場所とは異なり地域であり、かつ本体部２２との再接続に上記の所定時間以上かかるようなる地域にアンテナ部２１を持っていき、そこで受信状況を検出しても、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができない。 Similarly to the first embodiment, when the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7), the external reception status Since the information is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and the content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented. For example, the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
　また、情報配信システム１Ｃにおいては、配信サーバ１２側で、前回配信可能と判断されたときに当該受信機４に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスと、今回新たに配信可能と判断されたときに当該受信機４に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスとを比較して、一致していた場合にコンテンツ配信可能と判断するようにしている（図１６のステップＳ７１Ｅ、ステップＳ７２）。これにより、配信サーバ１２は、受信機４が前回コンテンツ配信要求をしたときに設置されていた場所と同一の場所（または同一の環境）、またはほぼ同様の場所からコンテンツ配信要求をしたものと判断し、コンテンツ配信が可能と判定することができる。 In the information distribution system 1C, the distribution server 12 side receives the IP address assigned to the receiver 4 when it is determined that the previous distribution is possible and the reception when it is newly determined that the distribution is possible this time. The IP address assigned to the machine 4 is compared, and if they match, it is determined that the content can be distributed (steps S71E and S72 in FIG. 16). As a result, the distribution server 12 determines that the content distribution request has been made from the same location (or the same environment) as the location where the receiver 4 was previously set when the content distribution request was made, or a substantially similar location. Then, it can be determined that content distribution is possible.
　なお、上記の実施例４における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理および外部受信状況登録処理は、実施例１における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図７）および外部受信状況登録処理（図８）と同様の方法をそれぞれ採用しているが、実施例２における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図１２）および外部受信状況登録処理（図１３）を採用するようにしてもよい。 The external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the fourth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the first embodiment. The same method as the registration process (FIG. 8) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 13) executed by the receiver 4 in the second embodiment are employed. You may do it.
　続いて、本発明の実施例５について説明する。本発明の実施例５では、受信機４の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された電源経過情報が、コンテンツ配信要求処理と共に配信サーバ１２へアップロードされ、当該情報を用いてコンテンツ配信可否判定を行う点が実施例１と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例１と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例５の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｄとする）。 Subsequently, Embodiment 5 of the present invention will be described. In the fifth embodiment of the present invention, the power supply progress information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4 is uploaded to the distribution server 12 together with the content distribution request process, and the content distribution determination is performed using the information. Is different from the first embodiment. Therefore, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system in the fifth embodiment, information distribution is performed. System 1D).
　本発明の実施例５に係る配信サーバ１２が実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細について図１７を参照して説明する。図１７は、本発明の実施例５に係る配信サーバ１２が実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細を示すフローチャートである。なお、図１７では、実施例１の図１１に示す外部受信状況判定処理の詳細と異なる点のみを説明し、コンテンツ配信可否判定処理全体については実施例１の図１０に示すコンテンツ配信可否判定処理と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 Details of the external reception status determination process executed by the distribution server 12 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing details of the external reception status determination process executed by the distribution server 12 according to the fifth embodiment of the present invention. Note that FIG. 17 illustrates only differences from the details of the external reception status determination process illustrated in FIG. 11 according to the first embodiment, and the content distribution permission determination process as a whole is illustrated in FIG. 10 according to the first embodiment. The illustration and description are omitted.
　Ｓ７１Ｇ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１の処理でコンテンツを配信可能と判定された場合には、機器ＩＤと、外部受信状況情報である電源経過情報を配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に記憶する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、ステップＳ７１Ｇの処理が完了すると、ステップＳ７１Ｈの処理へ移行する。 S71G: When it is determined that the content can be distributed in the process of step S71, the content distribution control unit 71 stores the device ID and the power supply progress information that is external reception status information in the distribution availability determination information DB 81. When the process of step S71G is completed, the content distribution control unit 71 proceeds to the process of step S71H.
　Ｓ７１Ｈ：コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を参照して、当該受信機４の電源経過情報からコンテンツ配信可能に該当するか否かを判定する。コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を参照して、当該受信機４に関連するデータを探索し、当該受信機４の電源経過情報が「０」の場合またはブランクデータの場合（ステップＳ７１ＨでＹＥＳ）には、「配信可能」と判定し、電源経過情報が「１」である場合には、電源経過情報の記憶された日時と外部受信状況が計測された日時とを更に比較する。そして、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、外部受信状況が計測された日時が新しい場合（ステップＳ７１ＨでＹＥＳ）には、ステップＳ７２の処理へ移行して「配信可能」に該当すると判定し、電源経過情報の日時が新しい場合（ステップＳ７１ＨでＮＯ）にはステップＳ７３の処理へ移行して「配信不可」に該当すると判定する。なお、電源経過情報が複数ある場合は、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１に記憶されている電源経過日時が最新のものとの比較を行う。 S71H: The content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81 to determine whether or not content distribution is possible from the power supply progress information of the receiver 4. The content distribution control unit 71 refers to the distribution availability determination information DB 81 to search for data related to the receiver 4, and when the power history information of the receiver 4 is “0” or blank data (step) If YES in S71H, it is determined that “delivery is possible”. If the power supply progress information is “1”, the date and time when the power supply progress information is stored and the date and time when the external reception status is measured are further compared. . Then, when the date and time when the external reception status is measured is new (YES in step S71H), the content distribution control unit 71 determines that the process is in step S72 and falls under “distributable”, and the power supply progress information If the date and time is new (NO in step S71H), the process proceeds to step S73, and it is determined that it corresponds to “distribution impossible”. If there is a plurality of power supply progress information, the power supply elapsed date and time stored in the distribution availability determination information DB 81 is compared with the latest one.
　以上に説明したことから、実施例５の情報配信システム１Ｄにおいてコンテンツ配信が制御される。すなわち、実施例１と同様に、少なくとも本体受信状況情報から配信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＹＥＳ）、放送波が受信可能な範囲にある受信機４に対してコンテンツを配信することができる（図１０のステップＳ４４でＹＥＳ、Ｓ４５）。 As described above, content distribution is controlled in the information distribution system 1D of the fifth embodiment. That is, in the same way as in the first embodiment, when it is determined that distribution is possible at least from the main body reception status information (YES in step S41 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed to the receiver 4 within the range where broadcast waves can be received. (YES in step S44 of FIG. 10, S45).
　また、実施例１と同様に、本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報のいずれにおいても配信可能と判定されない場合（図１０のステップＳ４１でＮＯ、図１７のステップＳ７１でＮＯ、ステップＳ７１ＡでＮＯ）、当該受信機４へのコンテンツの配信が行われないので（図１７のステップＳ７３）、放送範囲外になる受信機４に対するコンテンツ配信を制限することができる。 Similarly to the first embodiment, when it is not determined that delivery is possible in either the main body reception status information or the external reception status information (NO in step S41 in FIG. 10, NO in step S71 in FIG. 17, NO in step S71A). Since the content is not distributed to the receiver 4 (step S73 in FIG. 17), the content distribution to the receiver 4 that is out of the broadcasting range can be restricted.
　また、以上のように、本体部２２から取り外されたアンテナ部２１において計測された外部受信状況情報が本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された場合には（図８のステップＳ２２）、コンテンツ配信要求時に配信サーバ１２に送信され（図９のステップＳ３４）、外部受信状況情報に基づいて受信可能と判定された場合（図１０のステップＳ４３）、コンテンツが配信される（図１０のステップＳ４５）。すなわち、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外したアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。また、たとえば家のレイアウト変更等におり、受信機４が放送を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、アンテナ部２１を受信状況が良好な場所に持ち出せば、同様に、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができる。 Further, as described above, when the external reception status information measured by the antenna unit 21 removed from the main body unit 22 is stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main body unit 22 (step S22 in FIG. 8), When the content distribution request is made, the content is transmitted to the distribution server 12 (step S34 in FIG. 9), and when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception status information (step S43 in FIG. 10), the content is distributed (step in FIG. 10). S45). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22). ) To the outdoors, and if the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is good, then the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22. For example, even when the layout of the house is changed and the receiver 4 is in an environment in which it is difficult to receive the broadcast, if the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content of the content is similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can receive delivery.
　このように、この情報配信システム１Ｄでは、放送の受信状況によりコンテンツ配信の地域が制限される一方で、放送が受信しにくい環境の場合でも、適切にコンテンツを配信することができる。すなわち、アンテナ部２１に記憶された外部受信状況情報を本体部２２に記憶することで、たとえば、受信機４の設置場所によっては受信状況が好ましくなく、本来は放送対処地域であるのに、受信状況が悪くて、ＩＰ通信網３経由でコンテンツが配信されないような不具合を防止することができる。 As described above, in this information distribution system 1D, the content distribution area is limited by the broadcast reception status, but the content can be appropriately distributed even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the situation is bad and content is not distributed via the IP communication network 3.
　また、実施例１と同様に、アンテナ部２１で外部受信信号レベルが計測されてから本体部２２に所定時間内に接続されなかった場合には（図７のステップＳ６でＹＥＳ）、外部受信状況情報が削除され（図７のステップＳ７）、結果的にコンテンツの配信が行われないので、不正配信を防止することができる。たとえば、ユーザは、本体部２２の設置されている場所とは異なり地域であり、かつ本体部２２との再接続に上記の所定時間以上かかるようなる地域にアンテナ部２１を持っていき、そこで受信状況を検出しても、本体部２２でコンテンツの配信を受けることができない。 Similarly to the first embodiment, when the external reception signal level is measured by the antenna unit 21 and is not connected to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time (YES in step S6 in FIG. 7), the external reception status Since the information is deleted (step S7 in FIG. 7) and the content is not distributed as a result, unauthorized distribution can be prevented. For example, the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content distribution.
　また、情報配信システム１Ｄにおいては、電源経過情報の有無を判定し、電源経過情報がある場合には、家屋内での移動など以外の不正に受信機４を移動させて受信状況を検出させた行為である可能性が生じるため、この電源経過情報が記憶された日時以降に記録された外部受信状況情報についてはコンテンツの配信を許可しない制御としたため、適切にコンテンツ配信可否判定をすることができる。 Further, in the information distribution system 1D, the presence / absence of the power supply progress information is determined, and when the power supply progress information is present, the reception status is detected by moving the receiver 4 illegally other than moving in the house. Since there is a possibility that it is an action, since the control of disallowing content distribution is performed for the external reception status information recorded after the date and time when the power supply progress information is stored, it is possible to appropriately determine whether or not the content can be distributed. .
　なお、上記の実施例５における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理および外部受信状況登録処理は、実施例１における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図７）および外部受信状況登録処理（図８）と同様の方法をそれぞれ採用しているが、実施例２における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図１２）および外部受信状況登録処理（図１３）を採用するようにしてもよい。 The external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the fifth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the first embodiment. The same method as the registration process (FIG. 8) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 13) executed by the receiver 4 in the second embodiment are employed. You may do it.
　続いて、本発明の実施例６について説明する。本発明の実施例６では、放送送信装置１１の構成について実施例１と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例１と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例６の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｅとする）。 Subsequently, Embodiment 6 of the present invention will be described. In the sixth embodiment of the present invention, the configuration of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 is different from that of the first embodiment. Accordingly, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system of the sixth embodiment, information distribution System 1E).
　本発明の実施例６に係る放送局２がアナログ放送を送信する場合について図１８を参照して説明する。図１８は、本発明の実施例６に係る放送送信装置１１Ａの構成を示すブロック図である。なお、実施例６では、他の実施例と比べて放送送信装置１１Ａについてのみ差異があるため、放送送信装置１１Ａについてのみ説明する。なお、配信サーバ１２と受信機４間で行われるコンテンツ配信処理については上述した実施例１～実施例５のいずれの方式であってもよい。 A case where the broadcasting station 2 according to the sixth embodiment of the present invention transmits an analog broadcast will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 18 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a broadcast transmitting apparatus 11A according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention. In the sixth embodiment, only the broadcast transmitting device 11A is different from the other embodiments, and therefore only the broadcast transmitting device 11A will be described. The content distribution process performed between the distribution server 12 and the receiver 4 may be any one of the above-described first to fifth embodiments.
　放送送信装置１１Ａは、制御部３１Ａと、サーバ通信部３３Ａを有し、制御部３１Ａは、放送音声信号出力部４１Ａ、タイミング制御部４２Ａ、放送素材取得部４３Ａ、多重化情報生成部４４Ａ、多重化部４５Ａ、を主要な構成要素としている。放送音声信号出力部４１Ａでは、すでに録音されている番組などの音声信号を出力する。タイミング制御部４２Ａは、後述する多重化情報を放送音声信号に対し、所定のタイミングで送出できるように制御する部分である。例えば、放送番組中である楽曲を放送している場合に、多重化情報としてその楽曲のアーティスト名や楽曲名などの楽曲情報の送出を行うようにしている。放送素材取得部４３Ａは、放送コンテンツ以外の放送コンテンツを作成する。たとえば、放送素材取得部４３Ａは、図示しないカメラやマイクから直接生成される信号（たとえば、生放送番組や生中継番組などの映像データ、音声データ）が入力されると、これらの放送コンテンツ用のデータ形式に変換してコンテンツデータとして作成し、多重化部４５Ａに供給する。多重化情報生成部４４Ａは、例えば、放送番組中である楽曲を放送している場合に、多重化情報としてその楽曲のアーティスト名や楽曲名などの楽曲情報を生成し、多重化部４５Ａに供給する。多重化部４５Ａは、放送音声信号に多重化情報を多重化して放送を行う。また多重化情報としてＵＲＬやＰ２Ｐの検索クエリ情報を有していてもよい。 The broadcast transmitting apparatus 11A includes a control unit 31A and a server communication unit 33A. The control unit 31A includes a broadcast audio signal output unit 41A, a timing control unit 42A, a broadcast material acquisition unit 43A, a multiplexed information generation unit 44A, and a multiplexing unit. The conversion unit 45A is a main component. The broadcast audio signal output unit 41A outputs an audio signal of a program that has already been recorded. The timing control unit 42A is a part that controls so that multiplexed information, which will be described later, can be sent to the broadcast audio signal at a predetermined timing. For example, when a music piece in a broadcast program is being broadcast, music information such as an artist name and a music title of the music piece is transmitted as multiplexed information. The broadcast material acquisition unit 43A creates broadcast content other than broadcast content. For example, when a signal directly generated from a camera or microphone (not shown) (for example, video data or audio data of a live broadcast program or a live broadcast program) is input, the broadcast material acquisition unit 43A receives data for these broadcast contents. It is converted into a format, created as content data, and supplied to the multiplexing unit 45A. For example, when a music piece in a broadcast program is being broadcast, the multiplexing information generation unit 44A generates music information such as an artist name and a music name of the music as multiplexing information and supplies the music information to the multiplexing unit 45A. To do. The multiplexing unit 45A performs broadcasting by multiplexing the multiplexed information with the broadcast audio signal. Also, URL and P2P search query information may be included as multiplexed information.
　以上の構成による情報配信システム１Ｅは、配信サーバ１２と受信機４間で行われるコンテンツ配信処理については上述した実施例１～実施例５のいずれの方式を採用することで、上述した実施例１～５の効果をそれぞれ奏することができる。 The information distribution system 1E having the above-described configuration adopts any one of the above-described first to fifth embodiments for content distribution processing performed between the distribution server 12 and the receiver 4. Each of the effects 5 to 5 can be achieved.
　本発明の実施例７について説明する。実施例７は、受信装置４側で配信サーバ１２から提供されるコンテンツの出力可否判定まで実行する点が実施例１とは異なる。したがって、図１に示す実施例１に係る情報配信システム１の全体構成については図示および説明を省略するが、各装置の構成については異なるため、各装置について説明する（なお、以下では、実施例７の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｆとする）。 Example 7 of the present invention will be described. The seventh embodiment is different from the first embodiment in that execution is performed up to the determination of whether or not the content provided from the distribution server 12 is output on the receiving device 4 side. Therefore, although illustration and description of the overall configuration of the information distribution system 1 according to the first embodiment illustrated in FIG. 1 are omitted, the configuration of each device is different, and therefore each device will be described (hereinafter, the embodiment will be described). 7 is referred to as the information distribution system 1F for convenience).
　図１９は、実施例７に係る放送局２が有する放送送信装置１１と配信サーバ１２の構成例を示すブロック図である。なお、図１９に示す実施例７に係る放送局２が有する放送送信装置１１と、図２に示した放送局２が有する放送送信装置１１とは同一であるため、同一の符号を付して説明を省略する。 FIG. 19 is a block diagram illustrating a configuration example of the broadcast transmission device 11 and the distribution server 12 included in the broadcast station 2 according to the seventh embodiment. In addition, since the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 which the broadcast station 2 which concerns on Example 7 shown in FIG. 19 has is the same as the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 which the broadcast station 2 shown in FIG. 2 has, the same code | symbol is attached | subjected. Description is omitted.
（配信サーバ１２の構成）
　配信サーバ１２の構成について説明する。図１９に示すように、配信サーバ１２は、制御部９６、放送装置通信部６２、記憶部６３、ＩＰ通信制御部６４とから構成される。ここで、制御部９６は、不図示のハードウェア資源であるＣＰＵ、ＲＡＭ、ＲＯＭなどから構成され、当該ＣＰＵがＲＯＭに格納されている各種プログラムをＲＡＭに読み出して協働して実行することによりコンテンツ配信制御部７１、コンテンツ作成部７２の各機能を実現している。放送装置通信部６２は、放送送信装置１１のサーバ通信部３３からのコンテンツを受信する通信インタフェースである。記憶部６３には、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２、周波数ＤＢ８３が記憶されており、当該記憶部６３は、たとえばＨＤＤやフラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。ＩＰ通信制御部６４は、ＩＰ通信網３経由で受信機４との通信を行う通信インタフェースである。 (Configuration of distribution server 12)
The configuration of the distribution server 12 will be described. As shown in FIG. 19, the distribution server 12 includes a control unit 96, a broadcast device communication unit 62, a storage unit 63, and an IP communication control unit 64. Here, the control unit 96 includes a CPU, RAM, ROM, and the like, which are hardware resources (not shown), and the CPU reads various programs stored in the ROM into the RAM and executes them in cooperation. Each function of the content distribution control unit 71 and the content creation unit 72 is realized. The broadcast device communication unit 62 is a communication interface that receives content from the server communication unit 33 of the broadcast transmission device 11. The storage unit 63 stores a distribution content DB 82 and a frequency DB 83, and the storage unit 63 includes a storage device such as an HDD or a flash memory. The IP communication control unit 64 is a communication interface that performs communication with the receiver 4 via the IP communication network 3.
　コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４の機器ＩＤ情報などにより機器認証等を行った上で、受信機４からのコンテンツ配信要求に応じてコンテンツの配信を行う。なお、コンテンツ配信制御部７１は、受信機４から要求されるコンテンツが、エリア限定であるか否かに関わらず、コンテンツを配信する。 The content distribution control unit 71 performs content authentication in response to a content distribution request from the receiver 4 after performing device authentication or the like based on the device ID information of the receiver 4. Note that the content distribution control unit 71 distributes content regardless of whether the content requested from the receiver 4 is area-limited.
　コンテンツ作成部７２は、コンテンツ配信制御部７１により配信を行う受信機４に対して配信すべきコンテンツを生成する。たとえばコンテンツ作成部７２は、配信するコンテンツを配信コンテンツＤＢ８２から読み出す。なお、受信機４に対して配信するコンテンツは、受信機４が要求するコンテンツでもよいし、当該番組に連動するコンテンツを生成するようにしてもよい。コンテンツ作成部７２は、特定のコンテンツを受信機４が要求した場合はその要求されたコンテンツを生成するようにし、それ以外では番組連動型のコンテンツを自動で生成し、送信するようにしてもよい。 The content creation unit 72 generates content to be distributed to the receiver 4 that is distributed by the content distribution control unit 71. For example, the content creation unit 72 reads content to be distributed from the distribution content DB 82. The content distributed to the receiver 4 may be a content requested by the receiver 4 or a content linked to the program may be generated. The content creation unit 72 may generate the requested content when the receiver 4 requests specific content, and may automatically generate and transmit the program-linked content otherwise. .
　配信コンテンツＤＢ８２には、放送送信装置１１のＭＵＸ部４５から専用回線を経て送信されてきた放送データが記憶されている。また、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２に記憶されているコンテンツは、当該放送データに関連する番組連動型のコンテンツや放送終了後にも配信できるコンテンツ（リアルタイムに拘らないで配信可能なコンテンツ）、また前述したエリア限定のものではないコンテンツなども記憶されている。 The distribution content DB 82 stores broadcast data transmitted from the MUX unit 45 of the broadcast transmission apparatus 11 via a dedicated line. The contents stored in the distribution content DB 82 include program-linked contents related to the broadcast data, contents that can be distributed even after the broadcast ends (contents that can be distributed regardless of real time), and the above-mentioned area-limited contents. Contents that are not things are also stored.
　周波数ＤＢ８３には、地域ごとに受信可能な放送局２の周波数や名称などが記憶されている。なお、配信サーバ１２は、受信機４からの取得要求により、指定された地域が放送範囲と推定される放送局リストとなるデータを、周波数ＤＢ８３を参照することで生成し、生成されたデータを提供することができる。 The frequency DB 83 stores the frequency and name of the broadcasting station 2 that can be received for each region. In response to an acquisition request from the receiver 4, the distribution server 12 generates data that becomes a broadcast station list in which the designated area is estimated to be a broadcast range by referring to the frequency DB 83, and generates the generated data. Can be provided.
　このように、配信サーバ１２は、コンテンツ配信要求をしてきた受信機４に対して、放送送信装置１１で提供する放送コンテンツ、当該放送コンテンツに関するコンテンツ、その他のコンテンツをＩＰ通信網３経由で配信する。 In this way, the distribution server 12 distributes the broadcast content provided by the broadcast transmission device 11, content related to the broadcast content, and other content via the IP communication network 3 to the receiver 4 that has requested the content distribution. .
（受信機４の構成）
　続いて、受信機４の構成について説明する。図２０は、図１に示す受信機４の構成図である。受信機４は、アンテナ部２１、本体部２２を主要な構成要素としている。アンテナ部２１は、本体部２２に対して専用ケーブルにより接続されており、このアンテナ部２１をたとえばユーザが屋外に持ち出すことにより、受信状況が屋内より良好な状況で放送局２の放送波を受信することができる。 (Configuration of receiver 4)
Next, the configuration of the receiver 4 will be described. FIG. 20 is a configuration diagram of the receiver 4 shown in FIG. The receiver 4 includes an antenna unit 21 and a main body unit 22 as main components. The antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 with a dedicated cable. When the user takes the antenna unit 21 outdoors, for example, the broadcast wave of the broadcasting station 2 is received in a better reception condition than indoors. can do.
　図２０に示すように、アンテナ部２１は、チューナー９１、受信情報記憶部９２、バッテリ９３、操作入力部９４、受信状況検出部９５、制御部９６、タイマー９７、放送局テーブル９８、本体接続部９９を主要な構成要素としている。ここで、制御部９６は、ＣＰＵなどの中央処理演算装置などで構成され、アンテナ部２１全体を制御する。また、上述した受信情報記憶部９２、放送局テーブル９８は、不図示の記憶部に記憶されており、当該記憶部は、たとえば、ＲＯＭ、フラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。 As shown in FIG. 20, the antenna unit 21 includes a tuner 91, a reception information storage unit 92, a battery 93, an operation input unit 94, a reception status detection unit 95, a control unit 96, a timer 97, a broadcast station table 98, and a main body connection unit. 99 is the main component. Here, the control unit 96 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire antenna unit 21. The reception information storage unit 92 and the broadcast station table 98 described above are stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit is composed of a storage device such as a ROM or a flash memory, for example.
　チューナー９１は、アンテナ２１Ａを介して放送送信装置１１からの放送波を受信し、受信信号を本体部２２に供給する。また、チューナー９１は、放送送信装置１１からの放送波の受信状況（例えば受信電界強度）を制御部９６へ供給する。 The tuner 91 receives a broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 via the antenna 21 </ b> A and supplies a reception signal to the main unit 22. Further, the tuner 91 supplies the reception state (for example, received electric field strength) of the broadcast wave from the broadcast transmission device 11 to the control unit 96.
　受信情報記憶部９２は、アンテナ部２１で受信された各放送局２の受信状況が記憶される記憶部位である。 The reception information storage unit 92 is a storage part in which the reception status of each broadcasting station 2 received by the antenna unit 21 is stored.
　図２１は、図２０に示すアンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されているデータの一例である。図２１に示すように、受信情報記憶部９２には、「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」などの欄が設けられている。 FIG. 21 is an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 21, the reception information storage unit 92 is provided with columns such as “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, “external reception signal level measurement date”.
　「放送種別」の欄（以下、単に「放送種別」と称する。他の欄においても同様である）には、ＦＭ、ＡＭ、地デジ、ＢＳ、ＣＳなどの放送種別が格納される。「外部受信信号レベル」には、外部における受信信号レベルとして、当該受信機４のアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されていない状態で、当該アンテナ部２１で計測したときの放送局２毎の受信信号レベルを示す数値（単位は、ｄＢ）が格納されている。「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」には、当該「外部受信信号レベル」を計測された日時情報が格納されている。なお、同一の「放送種別」および「放送周波数」で特定される放送局２について受信検出処理が複数回なされた場合には、それまでに記憶されている「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」の情報は上書きされる。ただし、複数回なされた場合に、当該回数分または所定回数分の記憶領域を設けて、それぞれが記憶されるようにしてもよい。なお、受信情報記憶部９２には、上述の「放送種別」に加えて「放送局名」が記憶されていてもよい。その場合、「放送局名」には、放送局名として、各放送局２の名称を示す情報が格納される。 In the “broadcast type” column (hereinafter simply referred to as “broadcast type”, the same applies to other columns), broadcast types such as FM, AM, terrestrial digital, BS, and CS are stored. The “external reception signal level” includes an external reception signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when measured by the antenna unit 21 in a state where the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 is not connected to the main body unit 22. A numerical value (unit: dB) indicating the received signal level is stored. “External reception signal level measurement date / time” stores the date / time information at which the “external reception signal level” was measured. If reception detection processing is performed a plurality of times for the broadcasting station 2 specified by the same “broadcast type” and “broadcast frequency”, the “external reception signal level” and “external reception” stored so far are stored. The information of “signal level measurement date” is overwritten. However, in the case of being performed a plurality of times, a storage area corresponding to the number of times or a predetermined number of times may be provided and stored. The reception information storage unit 92 may store “broadcast station name” in addition to the above “broadcast type”. In this case, “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
　図２０に戻りバッテリ９３は、アンテナ部２１に電力を供給するための電源供給手段である。 20, the battery 93 is a power supply means for supplying power to the antenna unit 21.
　操作入力部９４は、ユーザからの操作を受け付ける入力手段である。たとえば、ユーザが現在位置情報を入力する際に用いられ、郵便番号などを入力することができる。制御部９６は、操作入力部９４から入力された郵便番号に基づいて周波数ＤＢ８３を参照し、当該地域に対応する周波数テーブルを特定することができる。また、ユーザがアンテナ部２１を屋外に持ち出して受信状況を登録したい場合に受信状況登録要求を入力する際に用いられる。 The operation input unit 94 is an input unit that receives an operation from the user. For example, it is used when the user inputs current position information, and a zip code or the like can be input. The control unit 96 can specify the frequency table corresponding to the area by referring to the frequency DB 83 based on the zip code input from the operation input unit 94. Further, it is used when a user inputs the reception status registration request when he / she wants to take the antenna unit 21 outdoors to register the reception status.
　受信状況検出部９５は、制御部９６からの受信状況検出指示により、放送局２の放送送信装置１１から送出される放送波の受信状況を検出する。たとえば、受信状況検出部９５は、電界受信強度信号を生成できる電界受信強度信号生成回路（不図示）などから構成され、当該生成回路から得られる値が主制御部１１０に出力されるようにする。当該生成回路としては、たとえば公知のＲＳＳＩ（Ｒｅｃｅｉｖｅ　Ｓｉｇｎａｌ　Ｓｔｒｅｎｇｔｈ　Ｉｎｄｉｃａｔｉｏｎ）回路を備えさせ、当該ＲＳＳＩ回路から電界受信強度信号を得られるようにすることができる。なお、電界受信強度が検出できればどのような回路であってもよい。上述した電界受信強度信号生成回路から得られる電界受信強度信号を用いることで放送波の受信状況を検出することができる。 The reception status detection unit 95 detects the reception status of the broadcast wave transmitted from the broadcast transmission device 11 of the broadcast station 2 based on the reception status detection instruction from the control unit 96. For example, the reception status detection unit 95 is configured by an electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit (not shown) that can generate an electric field reception intensity signal, and a value obtained from the generation circuit is output to the main control unit 110. . As the generation circuit, for example, a known RSSI (Receive Signal Strength Indication) circuit can be provided so that an electric field reception intensity signal can be obtained from the RSSI circuit. Any circuit may be used as long as the electric field reception intensity can be detected. By using the electric field reception intensity signal obtained from the electric field reception intensity signal generation circuit described above, it is possible to detect the broadcast wave reception status.
　タイマー９７は、放送局２の受信状況の判別開始、または当該判定が終了してから、本体部２２に接続されるまでの時間を計時する際に用いられる。制御部９６は、タイマー９７により、受信状況を検出してから所定時間を越えてからアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されたか否かを判定することができる。当該判定により、ユーザの不正により配信サーバ１２からのコンテンツを取得できないようにすることができる。 The timer 97 is used when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is started or when the time from the end of the determination to the connection to the main unit 22 is counted. The control unit 96 can determine whether or not the antenna unit 21 has been connected to the main unit 22 after a predetermined time has elapsed since the reception status was detected by the timer 97. By this determination, it is possible to prevent the content from the distribution server 12 from being acquired due to user injustice.
　放送局テーブル９８は、郵便番号などで特定される地域ごとに受信可能な放送局２の放送周波数情報、各放送周波数において受信可能とされる電界受信強度の所定値（所定レベルの値）、当該放送局２の放送局名などの情報から構成される。制御部９６は、操作入力部９４から入力された郵便番号情報に基づいて、放送局テーブル９８を参照し、当該地域に対応する放送局２の放送周波数情報および当該放送周波数において受信可能とされる電界受信強度の所定レベルの値を特定することができる。アンテナ部２１の制御部９６は、放送局テーブル９８を参照して特定された放送局２の放送周波数情報等を用いることで、チューナー９１によるチューニング処理をよりはやく処理させることができる。また、本体部２２の受信可否判定部１１３は、放送局テーブル９８を参照して特定された放送局２の周波数において受信可能とされる電界受信強度の値と計測した値を比較することで、当該放送周波数に対応する放送局２から受信可能であるか否かを判定させることができる。なお、放送局テーブル９８は、アンテナ部２１のみではなく、本体部２２にも備えられていてもよい。また、放送局テーブル９８に含まれる上述の情報は、配信サーバ１２の周波数ＤＢ８３に問い合せることにより受信機４の受信情報記憶部に記憶するようにしても良い。 The broadcast station table 98 includes broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 that can be received for each area specified by a postal code, a predetermined value (a predetermined level value) of electric field reception intensity that can be received at each broadcast frequency, It consists of information such as the broadcast station name of the broadcast station 2. Based on the zip code information input from the operation input unit 94, the control unit 96 refers to the broadcast station table 98 and can receive the broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the area and the broadcast frequency. A value of a predetermined level of the electric field reception intensity can be specified. The control unit 96 of the antenna unit 21 can perform the tuning process by the tuner 91 more quickly by using the broadcast frequency information of the broadcast station 2 specified with reference to the broadcast station table 98. Further, the reception availability determination unit 113 of the main body unit 22 compares the measured value with the value of the electric field reception intensity that can be received at the frequency of the broadcast station 2 specified with reference to the broadcast station table 98. It is possible to determine whether or not reception is possible from the broadcast station 2 corresponding to the broadcast frequency. Note that the broadcast station table 98 may be provided not only in the antenna unit 21 but also in the main body unit 22. The above-mentioned information included in the broadcast station table 98 may be stored in the reception information storage unit of the receiver 4 by inquiring the frequency DB 83 of the distribution server 12.
　本体接続部９９は、後述する本体部２２にアンテナ部２１を接続するインタフェースである。主制御部１１０は、本体部２２にアンテナ部２１が本体接続部９９を介して接続された状態で受信状況を計測した場合には、当該計測情報を「本体受信状況情報」として処理し、本体部２２にアンテナ部２１が本体接続部９９を介して接続されていない状態で受信状況を計測した場合には、当該計測情報を「外部受信状況情報」として処理する。 The main body connection unit 99 is an interface for connecting the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22 described later. When the main control unit 110 measures the reception status in a state where the antenna unit 21 is connected to the main body unit 22 via the main body connection unit 99, the main control unit 110 processes the measurement information as “main body reception status information”, When the reception state is measured in a state where the antenna unit 21 is not connected to the unit 22 via the main body connection unit 99, the measurement information is processed as “external reception state information”.
　続いて、本体部２２について説明する。本体部２２は、アンテナ接続部１０１、復調部１０２、ＲＯＭ１０３、ＲＡＭ１０４、通信制御部１０５、受信情報記憶部１０６、電源検出部１０７、タイマー１０８、操作入力部１０９、主制御部１１０、映像出力部１１１、音声出力部１１２、受信可否判定部１１３および受信可否判定情報ＤＢ１１４を主要な構成要素としている。ここで、主制御部１１０は、ＣＰＵなどの中央処理演算装置などで構成され、本体部２２および上述したアンテナ部２１を含めた受信機４全体を制御する。また、上述した受信情報記憶部１０６および受信可否判定情報ＤＢ１１４に格納されている情報は、不図示の記憶部に記憶されており、当該記憶部は、たとえば、ハードディスク、フラッシュメモリなどの記憶装置から構成される。 Subsequently, the main body 22 will be described. The main unit 22 includes an antenna connection unit 101, a demodulation unit 102, a ROM 103, a RAM 104, a communication control unit 105, a reception information storage unit 106, a power supply detection unit 107, a timer 108, an operation input unit 109, a main control unit 110, and a video output unit. 111, the audio output unit 112, the reception availability determination unit 113, and the reception availability determination information DB 114 are main components. Here, the main control unit 110 includes a central processing unit such as a CPU, and controls the entire receiver 4 including the main body unit 22 and the antenna unit 21 described above. The information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 and the reception availability determination information DB 114 described above is stored in a storage unit (not shown), and the storage unit is, for example, from a storage device such as a hard disk or a flash memory. Composed.
　アンテナ接続部１０１は、アンテナ部２１と接続するインタフェースである。主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続された状態で、受信状況を検出した場合には、当該受信状況を本体受信状況として処理する。 The antenna connection unit 101 is an interface connected to the antenna unit 21. When the main control unit 110 detects the reception state with the antenna unit 21 connected to the main body unit 22, the main control unit 110 processes the reception state as the main body reception state.
　復調部１０２は、チューナー９１からの受信情報をもとに受信信号を復調し、それぞれの信号をデコードする。ＲＯＭ１０３には、プログラムや固定データが記憶され、主制御部１１０から適宜読み出される。ＲＡＭ１０４は、主制御部１１０が演算処理中にデータを一時的に記憶するのに用いられる。通信制御部１０５は、ＩＰ通信網３を介して放送局２の配信サーバ１２と通信を行う通信インタフェースである。 The demodulator 102 demodulates the received signal based on the received information from the tuner 91 and decodes each signal. The ROM 103 stores programs and fixed data, and is appropriately read from the main control unit 110. The RAM 104 is used for the main control unit 110 to temporarily store data during arithmetic processing. The communication control unit 105 is a communication interface that communicates with the distribution server 12 of the broadcast station 2 via the IP communication network 3.
　受信情報記憶部１０６には、アンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されているデータが送信されてきた場合には、当該データ（図２１）が記憶される。またその他に、アンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されている状態で放送局２の受信状況を計測した時の本体受信信号レベル、受信機４に割り振られているＩＰアドレス、機器ＩＤ、電源経過情報などの情報が記憶される。 When the data stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 is transmitted to the reception information storage unit 106, the data (FIG. 21) is stored. In addition, when the reception status of the broadcasting station 2 is measured with the antenna unit 21 connected to the main unit 22, the received signal level of the main unit, the IP address assigned to the receiver 4, the device ID, and the power history Information such as information is stored.
　図２２は、図２０に示す本体部２２の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶されているデータの一例である。図２２に示すように、受信情報記憶部１０６には「機器ＩＤ」、「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「本体受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」、「電源経過情報」、「電源経過日時」、「ＩＰアドレス」の欄が設けられている。なお、図２２に示す「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」の各データは、図２１に示した受信情報記憶部９２に格納されている「放送種別」、「放送周波数」、「外部受信信号レベル」、「外部受信信号レベル計測日時」の各データとそれぞれ同様であるため、これらの説明は省略する。なお、受信情報記憶部１０６には、上述の受信情報記憶部９２と同様に、上述の「放送種別」に加えて「放送局名」が記憶されていてもよい。その場合、「放送局名」には、放送局名として、各放送局２の名称を示す情報が格納される。 FIG. 22 shows an example of data stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the main unit 22 shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 22, the received information storage unit 106 includes “device ID”, “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “main body received signal level”, “external received signal level”, “external received signal level measurement date / time”. ”,“ Power supply progress information ”,“ Power supply elapsed time ”, and“ IP address ”are provided. Note that the data of “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date” shown in FIG. 22 are stored in the reception information storage unit 92 shown in FIG. Since this is the same as the data of “broadcast type”, “broadcast frequency”, “external reception signal level”, and “external reception signal level measurement date / time”, description thereof will be omitted. Note that the reception information storage unit 106 may store “broadcast station name” in addition to the above “broadcast type”, similarly to the reception information storage unit 92 described above. In this case, “Broadcasting station name” stores information indicating the name of each broadcasting station 2 as the broadcasting station name.
　「機器ＩＤ」の欄には、当該受信機４の機器ＩＤとして、受信機４を一意に識別できる識別番号情報が格納されている。この識別番号情報は、たとえば配信サーバ１２へコンテンツ配信要求をする際の機器認証処理などに用いられる。「本体受信信号レベル」には、本体受信信号レベルとして、当該受信機４のアンテナ部２１が本体部２２に接続されている状態で計測されたときの放送局２毎の受信信号レベルを示す数値（単位は、ｄＢ）が格納されている。「電源経過情報」には、電源経過情報として、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判定するフラグが格納されている。この「電源経過情報」の欄には、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間経過している場合には「１」が格納され、経過していない場合には「０」が格納される。「電源経過日時」には、電源経過日時として、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間が経過した日時が記憶されている。ここで、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから所定時間とは、家の中で当該受信機４の移動などを想定しており、当該受信機４を持って他の場所で取り付けられることがないように、たとえば、１５分～３０分程度の間で設定されることが好ましく、電源が外されてからこの時間が経過した日時が記憶される。「ＩＰアドレス」には、ＩＰアドレスとして、当該受信機４に付与されているＩＰアドレス情報が格納されている。 In the “device ID” column, identification number information that can uniquely identify the receiver 4 is stored as the device ID of the receiver 4. This identification number information is used, for example, for device authentication processing when making a content distribution request to the distribution server 12. The “main body received signal level” is a numerical value indicating the received signal level for each broadcasting station 2 when the antenna section 21 of the receiver 4 is connected to the main body section 22 as the main body received signal level. (Unit is dB) is stored. The “power supply progress information” stores a flag for determining whether or not a predetermined time has passed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5 as the power supply progress information. In the “power supply progress information” column, “1” is stored when a predetermined time has passed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5, and “0” when the receiver 4 has not passed. Is stored. The “power elapsed time” stores the date and time when a predetermined time has elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power source 5 as the power elapsed time. Here, the predetermined time after the receiver 4 is disconnected from the household power supply 5 is assumed to be the movement of the receiver 4 in the house, and the receiver 4 is attached to another place with the receiver 4 For example, it is preferably set within a range of about 15 to 30 minutes so that the date and time when this time has elapsed since the power supply was removed is stored. In “IP address”, IP address information assigned to the receiver 4 is stored as an IP address.
　なお、主制御部１１０は、アンテナ部２１の受信情報記憶部９２に記憶されている「外部受信信号レベル」については、受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶しないようにしてもよい。 Note that the main control unit 110 may not store the “external reception signal level” stored in the reception information storage unit 92 of the antenna unit 21 in the reception information storage unit 106.
　電源検出部１０７は、家庭用電源５に接続されているか否かを検出する。タイマー１０８は、受信機４が家庭用電源５から外されてから経過した時間を計時する際に用いられる。主制御部１１０は、電源検出部１０７からの検出信号に基づいてタイマー１０８で計時を行い、家庭用電源５から切断されてから所定時間経過したか否かを判別する。主制御部１１０は、所定時間経過したと判定された場合、その情報（判定フラグの「１」）を受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶する。 The power source detection unit 107 detects whether or not the home power source 5 is connected. The timer 108 is used when measuring the time elapsed since the receiver 4 was disconnected from the household power supply 5. The main control unit 110 measures time with the timer 108 based on the detection signal from the power supply detection unit 107 and determines whether or not a predetermined time has elapsed since the power supply 5 was disconnected from the home power supply 5. When it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed, the main control unit 110 stores the information (determination flag “1”) in the reception information storage unit 106.
　操作入力部１０９は、ユーザから入力を受け付け、主制御部１１０にユーザの指示を伝える。なお、操作入力部１０９は、たとえば、リモコンやタッチパネルであるが、音声入力などであってもよい。 The operation input unit 109 receives an input from the user and transmits a user instruction to the main control unit 110. The operation input unit 109 is, for example, a remote control or a touch panel, but may be a voice input or the like.
　映像出力部１１１は、主制御部１１０から送られてきた表示情報を表示信号に変換し、表示装置６に表示する。表示装置６は、たとえば、ディスプレイ、テレビである。なお、受信機４が表示装置６を備えていてもよい。 The video output unit 111 converts the display information sent from the main control unit 110 into a display signal and displays it on the display device 6. The display device 6 is, for example, a display or a television. Note that the receiver 4 may include the display device 6.
　音声出力部１１２は、主制御部１１０からの音声データを音声信号に変換し、音声再生装置７で再生する。音声再生装置７は、たとえば、スピーカである。受信機４が音声再生装置７を備えていてもよい。 The audio output unit 112 converts the audio data from the main control unit 110 into an audio signal and reproduces it with the audio reproduction device 7. The audio reproduction device 7 is a speaker, for example. The receiver 4 may include an audio playback device 7.
　受信可否判定部１１３は、受信機４における本体受信状況情報および外部受信状況情報から当該コンテンツの受信可否を判定する。具体的には、受信可否判定部１１３は、受信機４が当該放送局２の放送範囲内である（受信感度が所定のレベル以上である）と判定できれば、配信サーバ１２からのコンテンツを受信可能と判定する。なお、受信機４から要求されるコンテンツが、エリア限定のものではない場合は、受信機４が当該放送局２の受信可能エリアであるか否かにかかわらず、コンテンツを受信可能と判定する。なお、受信可否判定部１１３のコンテンツ受信可否判定処理の詳細は後述する。 The reception availability determination unit 113 determines whether the content can be received from the main body reception status information and the external reception status information in the receiver 4. Specifically, if the receiver 4 can determine that the receiver 4 is within the broadcast range of the broadcast station 2 (the reception sensitivity is equal to or higher than a predetermined level), the reception availability determination unit 113 can receive content from the distribution server 12. Is determined. If the content requested from the receiver 4 is not limited to the area, it is determined that the content can be received regardless of whether the receiver 4 is a receivable area of the broadcasting station 2 or not. The details of the content reception availability determination process of the reception availability determination unit 113 will be described later.
　受信可否判定情報ＤＢ１１４は、受信機４がコンテンツを受信可能か否かについての過去の情報を有するＤＢである。したがって、受信機４（受信可否判定部１１３）は、受信機４の受信情報記憶部に記憶されている情報に基づいて受信可否を判定する他に、当該情報を受信可否判定情報ＤＢ１１４に蓄積し、過去に記憶された情報を参照することにより、当該受信機４における受信可否を判定することもできる。 The receivability determination information DB 114 is a DB having past information about whether or not the receiver 4 can receive content. Accordingly, the receiver 4 (reception availability determination unit 113) determines whether or not reception is possible based on the information stored in the reception information storage unit of the receiver 4, and stores the information in the reception availability determination information DB 114. By referring to information stored in the past, it is possible to determine whether or not the receiver 4 can receive signals.
（受信機の外部受信状況検出処理）
　実施例７の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理は、実施例１の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図７）と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 (Receiver external reception status detection process)
Since the external reception status detection process executed by the receiver 4 of the seventh embodiment is the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 7) executed by the receiver 4 of the first embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted.
（受信機の外部受信状況情報登録処理）
　実施例７の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況情報登録処理は、実施例１の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況情報登録処理（図８）と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 (Receiver external reception status information registration process)
The external reception status information registration process executed by the receiver 4 according to the seventh embodiment is the same as the external reception status information registration process (FIG. 8) executed by the receiver 4 according to the first embodiment. .
（コンテンツ受信可否判定処理）
　続いて、図２３を参照し、実施例７の受信機４が配信サーバ１２に対して実行するコンテンツ受信可否判定処理について説明する。図２３は、このコンテンツ受信可否判定処理を示すフローチャートである。 (Content Receivability Determination Processing)
Next, with reference to FIG. 23, a content receivability determination process executed by the receiver 4 of the seventh embodiment with respect to the distribution server 12 will be described. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the content reception availability determination process.
　ＳＴＡＲＴ：本体部２２の主制御部１１０は、配信サーバ１２に対してコンテンツ受信要求があると以下の処理を開始する。たとえば、放送波で受信している番組をＩＰ通信網３経由で視聴したい場合などにユーザが操作入力部９４を操作すると、当該コンテンツ配信要求が発生する。 START: The main control unit 110 of the main body unit 22 starts the following process when a content reception request is issued to the distribution server 12. For example, when the user operates the operation input unit 94 to view a program received by broadcast waves via the IP communication network 3, the content distribution request is generated.
　ステップＳ３１：主制御部１１０は、ユーザからのコンテンツ受信要求があった放送局２からコンテンツを放送波で受信中であるか否かを検出する。主制御部１１０は、放送局２からコンテンツを放送波で受信中でない場合には（ステップＳ３１でＮＯ）、ステップＳ３２の処理へ移行し、放送波で受信中である場合には（ステップＳ３１でＹＥＳ）、ステップＳ３３の処理へ移行する。 Step S31: The main control unit 110 detects whether or not content is being received by broadcast waves from the broadcast station 2 that has requested content reception from the user. If the content is not being received from the broadcast station 2 by broadcast waves (NO in step S31), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S32, and if it is being received by broadcast waves (in step S31). YES), the process proceeds to step S33.
　ステップＳ３２：主制御部１１０は、コンテンツ受信要求があった放送局２の放送波を受信する。具体的には、主制御部１１０は、当該放送局２の放送波の周波数情報について放送局テーブル９８を参照して特定し、特定された放送周波数情報に基づくチューニング処理を受信状況検出部９５に実行させる。実行依頼を受けた受信状況検出部９５は、チューナー９１により当該放送局２の放送周波数へのチューニング処理を実行する。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３２の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３３の処理へ移行する。 Step S32: The main control unit 110 receives the broadcast wave of the broadcast station 2 that has requested content reception. Specifically, the main control unit 110 specifies the broadcast wave frequency information of the broadcast station 2 with reference to the broadcast station table 98, and performs tuning processing based on the specified broadcast frequency information in the reception status detection unit 95. Let it run. Receiving the execution request, the reception status detection unit 95 performs a tuning process to the broadcast frequency of the broadcast station 2 by the tuner 91. When the process of step S32 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S33.
　ステップＳ３３：主制御部１１０は、当該放送局２からの放送受信状況を検出する。主制御部１１０は、このステップＳ３３の処理により検出された当該放送局２の本体受信状況情報（本体受信信号レベル）を受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶する。なお、当該放送局２の本体受信状況情報が既に受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶されている場合には上書きをする。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３３の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３４の処理へ移行する。 Step S33: The main control unit 110 detects the broadcast reception status from the broadcast station 2. The main control unit 110 stores in the reception information storage unit 106 the main body reception status information (main body reception signal level) of the broadcast station 2 detected by the process of step S33. In addition, when the main body reception status information of the broadcasting station 2 is already stored in the reception information storage unit 106, it is overwritten. When the process of step S33 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S34.
　ステップＳ３４：主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３３の処理によって検出された放送受信状況からコンテンツ受信が可能であるか否かを受信可否判定部１１３に判定させる。受信可否判定部１１３は、受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶されている本体受信状況情報に基づいて、放送局テーブル９８を参照してコンテンツが受信可能であるか否かを判定する。具体的には、放送局テーブル９８に記憶されている受信可能とされる放送周波数に関連付けられている電界受信強度の所定レベルの値と比較して、当該放送周波数の本体受信信号レベルが所定レベル以上の値である場合には、ＩＰ通信網３を経由してコンテンツを受信してよいと判定し、所定レベル未満の値の場合には、ＩＰ通信網３を経由してコンテンツを受信できないと判定する。主制御部１１０は、受信可否判定部１１３の判定がコンテンツ受信可能であると判定された場合には（ステップＳ３４でＹＥＳ）、ステップＳ３５の処理へ移行し、コンテンツ受信不可能であると判定された場合には（ステップＳ３４でＮＯ）には、ステップＳ３６の処理へ移行する。 Step S34: The main control unit 110 causes the reception availability determination unit 113 to determine whether the content can be received from the broadcast reception status detected by the process of step S33. Based on the main body reception status information stored in the reception information storage unit 106, the reception availability determination unit 113 determines whether the content can be received with reference to the broadcast station table 98. Specifically, the main body received signal level of the broadcast frequency is compared with a predetermined level value of the electric field reception intensity associated with the receivable broadcast frequency stored in the broadcast station table 98. If it is the above value, it is determined that the content can be received via the IP communication network 3, and if the value is less than a predetermined level, the content cannot be received via the IP communication network 3. judge. If it is determined that the content can be received (YES in step S34), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process in step S35 and determines that the content cannot be received. If YES (NO in step S34), the process proceeds to step S36.
　ステップＳ３５：主制御部１１０は、配信サーバ１２に対してコンテンツ受信要求を送信し、ＩＰ通信網３を介してコンテンツを受信する。そして、主制御部１１０は、復調部１０２、並びに映像出力部１１１および／または音声出力部１１２を制御して、受信したコンテンツを映像や音声の出力データとして出力させる。映像出力部１１１は、出力されたコンテンツを表示装置６に表示し、音声出力部１１２は、出力されたコンテンツを音声再生装置７で再生し、処理を終了する。 Step S35: The main control unit 110 transmits a content reception request to the distribution server 12, and receives the content via the IP communication network 3. Then, the main control unit 110 controls the demodulation unit 102 and the video output unit 111 and / or the audio output unit 112 to output the received content as video or audio output data. The video output unit 111 displays the output content on the display device 6, and the audio output unit 112 plays the output content on the audio playback device 7 and ends the process.
　ステップＳ３６：主制御部１１０は、受信機４の外部受信状況からコンテンツ受信可否の判定処理（外部受信状況判定処理）を行う。なお、外部受信状況判定処理の詳細は後述する。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３６の処理が完了すると、ステップＳ３７の処理へ移行する。 Step S36: The main control unit 110 performs content reception availability determination processing (external reception status determination processing) from the external reception status of the receiver 4. Details of the external reception status determination process will be described later. When the process of step S36 is completed, the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process of step S37.
　ステップＳ３７：主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３６の外部受信状況判定処理の判定からコンテンツの受信が可能であるか否かの判定を行う。主制御部１１０は、ステップＳ３６の外部受信状況判定処理の判定からコンテンツの受信が可能であると判定された場合には（ステップＳ３７でＹＥＳ）、ステップＳ３５の処理へ移行し、受信が不可能であると判定した場合には（ステップＳ３７でＮＯ）、ステップＳ３８の処理へ移行する。 Step S37: The main control unit 110 determines whether or not content can be received from the determination in the external reception status determination process in step S36. If the main control unit 110 determines that the content can be received from the determination in the external reception status determination process in step S36 (YES in step S37), the main control unit 110 proceeds to the process in step S35 and cannot receive the content. (NO in step S37), the process proceeds to step S38.
　ステップＳ３８：主制御部１１０は、受信できない旨の表示を表示装置６に出力して処理を終了する。 Step S38: The main control unit 110 outputs a display to the effect that it cannot be received to the display device 6 and ends the process.
（外部受信状況判定処理）
　図２３のステップＳ３６に示した受信機４の外部受信状況判定処理の詳細は、図１１に示した処理と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 (External reception status judgment processing)
The details of the external reception status determination process of the receiver 4 shown in step S36 of FIG. 23 are the same as the processes shown in FIG.
　以上説明したことから、情報配信システム１Ｆにおいて受信機４側でコンテンツ受信制御がなされる。すなわち、少なくとも本体受信状況において受信可能と判定された場合（図２３のステップＳ３４でＹＥＳ）、放送波が受信可能な範囲にある受信機４は、配信サーバ１２に対してコンテンツ受信要求を行って、受信されたコンテンツを出力することができる（図２３のステップＳ３５）。 As described above, content reception control is performed on the receiver 4 side in the information distribution system 1F. That is, if it is determined that reception is possible at least in the main body reception status (YES in step S34 in FIG. 23), the receiver 4 within the range in which broadcast waves can be received makes a content reception request to the distribution server 12. The received content can be output (step S35 in FIG. 23).
　また、本体受信状況および外部受信状況のいずれにおいても受信可能と判定されない場合（図２３のＳ３４でＮＯ、Ｓ３６、図９のステップＳ７１でＮＯ、ステップＳ７３）、当該受信機４へのコンテンツを受信できないので、放送範囲外になる受信機４は、配信サーバ１２からコンテンツを受信することを制限できる。 Further, when it is not determined that reception is possible in either the main body reception situation or the external reception situation (NO in S34 of FIG. 23, S36, NO in Step S71 of FIG. 9, Step S73), the content to the receiver 4 is received. Since this is not possible, the receiver 4 that is out of the broadcasting range can restrict receiving content from the distribution server 12.
　また、以上のように、本体部２２に接続されていない状態でのアンテナ部２１による外部受信状況に基づいて受信可能と判定された場合（図２３のステップＳ３６、図９のステップＳ７１でＹＥＳ、ステップＳ７２）、コンテンツが配信サーバ１２より配信される（図９のステップＳ４３）。すなわち、たとえば受信機４の本体部２２が置かれている家屋内では放送の受信環境がよくない場合、本体部２２から取り外したアンテナ部２１（本体部２２に接続されていない状態のアンテナ部２１）を屋外に持ち出し、アンテナ部２１による放送の受信状況が良好であれば、その後、アンテナ部２１を本体部２２に再び取り付けることにより、本体部２２でコンテンツを受信することができる。また、たとえば家のレイアウト変更等におり、受信機４が放送を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、アンテナ部２１を受信状況が良好な場所に持ち出せば、同様に、本体部２２でコンテンツを受信することができる。 Further, as described above, when it is determined that reception is possible based on the external reception state by the antenna unit 21 in a state where it is not connected to the main body unit 22 (YES in step S36 in FIG. 23 and step S71 in FIG. 9). In step S72), the content is distributed from the distribution server 12 (step S43 in FIG. 9). That is, for example, in a house where the main body portion 22 of the receiver 4 is placed, if the reception environment for broadcasting is not good, the antenna portion 21 removed from the main body portion 22 (the antenna portion 21 not connected to the main body portion 22). ) To the outdoors, and if the reception status of the broadcast by the antenna unit 21 is good, then the content can be received by the main unit 22 by reattaching the antenna unit 21 to the main unit 22. For example, even when the layout of the house is changed and the receiver 4 is in an environment where it is difficult to receive the broadcast, if the antenna unit 21 is taken out to a place where the reception condition is good, the content can be similarly received by the main body unit 22. Can be received.
　このように、この情報配信システム１Ｆでは、放送の受信状況によりコンテンツ受信の地域が制限される一方で、放送が受信しにくい環境の場合でも、適切にコンテンツを受信することができる。すなわち、アンテナ部２１に記憶された外部受信状況情報を本体部２２に記憶することで、たとえば、受信機４の設置場所によっては受信状況が好ましくなく、本来は放送対処地域であるのに、受信状況が悪くて、ＩＰ通信網３経由でコンテンツが受信できないような不具合を防止することができる。 As described above, in this information distribution system 1F, the content reception area is limited depending on the reception status of the broadcast, but the content can be appropriately received even in an environment where the broadcast is difficult to receive. That is, by storing the external reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 in the main body unit 22, for example, the reception status is not preferable depending on the installation location of the receiver 4. It is possible to prevent a problem that the content cannot be received via the IP communication network 3 due to a bad situation.
　また、アンテナ部２１の本体部２２への再接続が所定時間内に行われなかった場合、コンテンツを受信できないので（図６のステップＳ７，ステップＳ８）、不正使用を防止することができる。たとえば、ユーザは、本体部２２の設置されている場所とは異なり地域であり、かつ本体部２２との再接続に上記の所定時間以上かかるようなる地域にアンテナ部２１を持っていき、そこで受信状況を検出しても、本体部２２でコンテンツを受信することができない。 Also, if the antenna unit 21 is not reconnected to the main unit 22 within a predetermined time, the content cannot be received (steps S7 and S8 in FIG. 6), so that unauthorized use can be prevented. For example, the user brings the antenna unit 21 to an area that is different from the place where the main body unit 22 is installed and takes a predetermined time or more to reconnect to the main body unit 22 and receives the antenna unit 21 there. Even if the situation is detected, the main unit 22 cannot receive the content.
　続いて、本発明の実施例８について説明する。実施例８は、実施例７に示す各装置の構成と同一であるが、実施例１の外部受信状況検出処理に相当する処理において、アンテナ部２１の本体部２２への再接続が所定時間内に行われなかった場合に外部受信状況情報を削除するための処理（実施例１でいうと図７のステップＳ５～ステップＳ８に相当する処理）を実行しない点と、外部受信状況情報登録処理に相当する処理において、受信機４の本体部２２が、アンテナ部２１から送信されてくる外部受信状況の計測日時と本体部２２にアンテナ部が接続された日時を考慮して記憶する点と、コンテンツ受信可否判定処理において、受信機４の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶された電源経過情報を用いてコンテンツ受信可否判定を行う点が、実施例７の処理と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例７と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例８の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｇとする）。 Subsequently, an eighth embodiment of the present invention will be described. The eighth embodiment has the same configuration as each device shown in the seventh embodiment. However, in the process corresponding to the external reception status detection process of the first embodiment, the reconnection of the antenna unit 21 to the main body unit 22 is performed within a predetermined time. If the process is not performed, the process for deleting the external reception status information (the process corresponding to steps S5 to S8 in FIG. 7 in the first embodiment) is not executed, and the external reception status information registration process is performed. In the corresponding processing, the main unit 22 of the receiver 4 stores the data in consideration of the measurement date and time of the external reception status transmitted from the antenna unit 21 and the date and time when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit 22 and the content. In the reception availability determination process, the content reception availability determination is performed using the power supply progress information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4, which is different from the process of the seventh embodiment. Accordingly, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the seventh embodiment, illustration and description thereof will be omitted (hereinafter, for the sake of convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system in the eighth embodiment, information distribution will be described. System 1G).
（外部受信状況検出処理）
　実施例８の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理は、実施例１の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図１２）と同一であるため、その説明を省略する。 (External reception status detection processing)
The external reception status detection process executed by the receiver 4 according to the eighth embodiment is the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 12) executed by the receiver 4 according to the first embodiment, and a description thereof will be omitted.
（外部受信状況登録処理）
　実施例８の受信機４が実行するアンテナ部２１に記憶された本体受信状況情報を本体部２２に登録する処理は、実施例１で示した登録処理（図１３）と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 (External reception status registration process)
The process of registering the main body reception status information stored in the antenna unit 21 performed by the receiver 4 of the eighth embodiment in the main body 22 is the same as the registration process (FIG. 13) shown in the first embodiment, The description is omitted.
（外部受信状況判定処理）
　実施例８の受信機４が実行する外部受信状況判定処理の詳細は、実施例３で示した処理（図１５）と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する。 (External reception status judgment processing)
Details of the external reception status determination processing executed by the receiver 4 of the eighth embodiment are the same as the processing (FIG. 15) shown in the third embodiment, and thus illustration and description thereof are omitted.
　実施例８の情報配信システム１Ｇは、実施例７で説明した各効果に加えて、電源経過情報の有無を判定し、電源経過情報がある場合には、家屋内での移動など以外の不正に受信機４を移動させて受信状況を検出させた行為である可能性が生じるため、この電源経過情報が記憶された日時以降に記録された外部受信状況情報についてはコンテンツの受信を許可しない制御としたため、適切にコンテンツ受信可否判定をすることができる。なお、上記の実施例８における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理および外部受信状況登録処理は、実施例７における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理および外部受信状況登録処理と同様の方法をそれぞれ採用してもよい。 In addition to the effects described in the seventh embodiment, the information distribution system 1G according to the eighth embodiment determines the presence / absence of the power supply progress information. Since there is a possibility that it is an action of moving the receiver 4 to detect the reception status, the external reception status information recorded after the date and time when the power supply progress information is stored is not permitted to receive content. Therefore, it is possible to appropriately determine whether or not the content can be received. The external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the eighth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the seventh embodiment. These methods may be employed.
　続いて、本発明の実施例９について説明する。実施例９では、受信機４の受信情報記憶部１０６に記憶されたＩＰアドレス情報を用いてコンテンツ受信可否判定を行う点が実施例７の処理と異なる。したがって、それ以外の各装置の機能、構成および動作は実施例７と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略する（なお、以下では、実施例９の情報配信システム全体を指すときには便宜上、情報配信システム１Ｈとする）。 Subsequently, Embodiment 9 of the present invention will be described. The ninth embodiment is different from the processing of the seventh embodiment in that the content reception availability determination is performed using the IP address information stored in the reception information storage unit 106 of the receiver 4. Therefore, since the functions, configurations, and operations of the other devices are the same as those in the seventh embodiment, illustration and description thereof are omitted (hereinafter, for convenience, when referring to the entire information distribution system of the ninth embodiment, information distribution is performed). System 1H).
（外部受信状況判定処理）
　実施例９における外部受信状況判定処理の詳細については、実施例４で示した外部受信状況判定処理の詳細（図１６）と同一であるため図示および説明を省略する。 (External reception status judgment processing)
Details of the external reception status determination processing in the ninth embodiment are the same as the details of the external reception status determination processing (FIG. 16) shown in the fourth embodiment, and thus illustration and description thereof are omitted.
　実施例９の情報配信システム１Ｈは、実施例７で説明した各効果に加えて、前回配信可能と判断されたときに自装置に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスと、今回新たに配信可能と判断されたときの自装置に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスとを比較して、一致していた場合にコンテンツ配信可能と判断するようにしている。これにより、受信機４が前回コンテンツ配信要求をしたときに設置されていた場所と同一の場所（または同一の環境）、またはほぼ同様の場所からコンテンツ受信要求をしていたものと判断し、コンテンツ受信が可能と判定することができる。なお、上記の実施例９における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理および外部受信状況登録処理は、実施例７における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図６）および外部受信状況登録処理（図７）と同様の方法をそれぞれ採用しているが、実施例８における受信機４が実行する外部受信状況検出処理（図１０）および外部受信状況登録処理（図１１）を採用するようにしてもよい。 In addition to the effects described in the seventh embodiment, the information distribution system 1H according to the ninth embodiment determines that the IP address assigned to the device itself when it was determined to be able to be distributed last time and that it can be newly distributed this time. The IP address assigned to the device itself is compared, and if they match, it is determined that the content can be distributed. As a result, it is determined that the receiver 4 has made a content reception request from the same location (or the same environment) as the location where it was installed when the previous content delivery request was made, or a substantially similar location. It can be determined that reception is possible. The external reception status detection process and the external reception status registration process executed by the receiver 4 in the ninth embodiment are the same as the external reception status detection process (FIG. 6) and the external reception status executed by the receiver 4 in the seventh embodiment. The same method as the registration process (FIG. 7) is employed, but the external reception status detection process (FIG. 10) and the external reception status registration process (FIG. 11) executed by the receiver 4 in the eighth embodiment are employed. You may do it.
　続いて、本発明の実施例１０について説明する。実施例１０は、実施例１と実施例６の関係と同様に、実施例７の放送局２がアナログ放送を送信するものである。なお、放送送信装置１１の構成は、図１８と同一であるため、図示および説明を省略するが、配信サーバ１２と受信機４間で行われるコンテンツ配信処理については上述した実施例７～実施例９のいずれの方式を採用することで、上述した実施例７～９の効果をそれぞれ奏することができる。 Subsequently, Embodiment 10 of the present invention will be described. In the tenth embodiment, similar to the relationship between the first embodiment and the sixth embodiment, the broadcasting station 2 of the seventh embodiment transmits an analog broadcast. Since the configuration of the broadcast transmitting apparatus 11 is the same as that in FIG. 18, the illustration and description thereof are omitted, but the content distribution processing performed between the distribution server 12 and the receiver 4 is described in the seventh to seventh embodiments. By adopting any of the nine methods, the effects of the seventh to ninth embodiments can be obtained.
　上述した実施例１～１０で説明したように、受信状況により地域を限定すると共に、アンテナ部２１を着脱可能とし、アンテナ部２１をユーザが屋外に運び、所定時間以内に本体部２２に戻すことにより、自宅近辺で受信状況が良好に受信できる場合には、接続された端末に関して、受信を可能とした。また、たとえば、家のレイアウト変更など、受信機４を受信しにくい環境におかれる場合でも、受信状況が良好な場所で受信後、所定時間内に受信しにくい環境に移動してもその場所で配信データを受信できるようにした。また、他の実施例でも示したように、外部アンテナの受信時刻、前回受信してからの経過時間、ＩＰアドレスの一致や、電源が切断されてから所定時間内などにより限定しているため、受信後、放送波の受信エリアを越えて遠くの場所で受信することを禁ずることができるようになった。なお、さらに受信機４の機器ＩＤ又は機器種別情報により、受信機４が、据置型かモバイル型か車載型といった情報をあげ、据え置き型の場合に限り、本処理を行うようにしてもよい。 As described in the first to tenth embodiments, the area is limited depending on the reception status, the antenna unit 21 is detachable, and the user carries the antenna unit 21 outdoors and returns it to the main body unit 22 within a predetermined time. Therefore, when the reception status can be satisfactorily received in the vicinity of the home, the reception is possible for the connected terminal. In addition, for example, even when the receiver 4 is difficult to receive, such as when changing the layout of a house, even after moving in a place where reception is good and moving to an environment where reception is difficult within a predetermined time, The distribution data can be received. In addition, as shown in other embodiments, because it is limited by the reception time of the external antenna, the elapsed time since the last reception, the match of the IP address, the predetermined time after the power is turned off, etc. After receiving, it is now possible to forbid reception beyond the broadcast wave reception area. In addition, information such as a stationary type, a mobile type, or an in-vehicle type is given by the device ID or device type information of the receiver 4, and this process may be performed only in the case of the stationary type.
　以上、本発明の実施例１～１０を例示して説明したが、本発明は、これらに限定されるものではなく、発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲であって種々の変形や変更が可能である。たとえば、放送局２は、音声信号で番組連動コンテンツの有無を通知するようにしてもよい。あるいは、放送波の番組放送中に連動コンテンツの有無を通知するようにしてもよい。具体的には、司会者が番組中で紹介することやテロップとして流してもよい。なお、番組放送中で通知する場合には、音声認識や画像認識により、連動コンテンツの有無を検出するようにしてもよい。 As described above, the first to tenth embodiments of the present invention have been described by way of example. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and various modifications and changes can be made without departing from the spirit of the invention. . For example, the broadcast station 2 may notify the presence / absence of program-linked content by an audio signal. Alternatively, the presence / absence of linked content may be notified during broadcast broadcasting of a broadcast wave. Specifically, the presenter may introduce the program in a program or stream it as a telop. When notification is made during program broadcast, the presence or absence of linked content may be detected by voice recognition or image recognition.
　また、上述した各実施例の配信サーバ１２では、受信機４から送信されてくる本体受信状況情報により受信可能と判断されない場合に限り、外部受信状況情報を参照し、コンテンツの配信可否判定を行っていたが、この他にも受信機４から外部受信状況情報のみを送信するようにし、この外部受信状況情報に基づいて当該受信機４へのコンテンツ出力の可否判定を行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, the distribution server 12 of each embodiment described above refers to the external reception status information and determines whether or not the content can be distributed only when it is not determined that reception is possible based on the main body reception status information transmitted from the receiver 4. However, in addition to this, only the external reception status information may be transmitted from the receiver 4, and it may be determined whether or not the content can be output to the receiver 4 based on the external reception status information.
　また、上述した各実施例における配信サーバ１２では、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１および配信コンテンツＤＢ８２がそれぞれ備えられているが、変形例として、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を備えるサーバと、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２を備えるサーバとを分離してもよい。このような構成の場合、配信可否判定情報ＤＢ８１を備えるサーバでは、集中的に各放送局２のコンテンツ配信可否を行うこととし、受信機４は、当該コンテンツ可否判定に基づいて、配信コンテンツＤＢ８２を備えるサーバがコンテンツを配信するようにしてもよい。 Further, the distribution server 12 in each of the embodiments described above includes the distribution permission / inhibition determination information DB 81 and the distribution content DB 82, but as a modification, a server including the distribution permission / inhibition determination information DB 81 and a server including the distribution content DB 82. And may be separated. In the case of such a configuration, the server including the distribution availability determination information DB 81 performs content distribution availability of each broadcasting station 2 in a concentrated manner, and the receiver 4 sets the distribution content DB 82 based on the content availability determination. The provided server may deliver the content.
　また、上述した各実施例における受信機４のアンテナ部２１は、本体部２２から物理的にも分離できるように構成されているが、その他の変形例として、物理的に取り外せないアンテナ部２１を有している受信機４と、当該受信機４とは別のアンテナ部２１の機能を有する装置とで構成し、当該アンテナ部２１の機能を有する装置での受信状況を物理的に取り外せないアンテナ部２１を有している受信機４にＵＳＢ等で送信するようにしてもよい。その場合、物理的に取り外せないアンテナ部２１で検出した受信状況を、上述した「本体受信状況情報」として扱うと共に、当該受信機４とは別のアンテナ部２１の機能を有する装置で検出した受信状況を上述した「外部受信状況情報」として扱うようにする。 In addition, the antenna unit 21 of the receiver 4 in each of the above-described embodiments is configured to be physically separable from the main body unit 22, but as another modified example, the antenna unit 21 that cannot be physically removed is provided. An antenna that is configured by a receiver 4 that has the function of the antenna unit 21 that is different from the receiver 4 and that cannot physically remove the reception status of the device that has the function of the antenna unit 21 You may make it transmit to USB receiver etc. to the receiver 4 which has the part 21. FIG. In this case, the reception status detected by the antenna unit 21 that cannot be physically removed is handled as the above-mentioned “main body reception status information” and received by a device having the function of the antenna unit 21 different from the receiver 4. The situation is handled as the “external reception status information” described above.
　また、上述した本体部２２とアンテナ部２１を有する受信機４は、必ずしも１セットの製品である必要はなく、本体部２２の機能を備えた装置に対して、アンテナ部２１が別売りであり、当該装置とアンテナ部２１を組み合わせて受信機４を構成するようにしてもよい。または、本来上述した受信機４の機能を備えていない装置（たとえばＰＣなど）に本体部２２の機能を実現するプログラムがインストールされ、当該インストールされたＰＣと別売りのアンテナ部２１により上述の受信機４が構成されるようにしてもよい。 In addition, the receiver 4 having the main body 22 and the antenna unit 21 described above is not necessarily a set of products, and the antenna unit 21 is sold separately for a device having the function of the main body 22, The receiver 4 may be configured by combining the device and the antenna unit 21. Alternatively, a program that realizes the function of the main unit 22 is installed in a device that does not originally have the function of the receiver 4 (for example, a PC), and the above-described receiver is received by the installed PC and the separately sold antenna unit 21. 4 may be configured.
　また、上述した各実施例では、配信サーバ１２側において、受信機４の本体受信状況情報により受信可能と判断されない場合に限り、外部受信状況情報を参照し、当該受信機４に対してコンテンツの配信可否を判定していたが、この他にも受信機４の外部受信状況情報のみ、または受信機４の本体受信状況情報のみを参照するようにし、この外部受信状況情報のみ、または本体受信状況情報のみに基づいて当該受信機４に対してコンテンツの配信可否を判定するようにしてもよい。 In each of the above-described embodiments, the distribution server 12 refers to the external reception status information only when it is not determined that reception is possible based on the main body reception status information of the receiver 4, and the content of the content is transmitted to the receiver 4. Although it has been determined whether delivery is possible, in addition to this, only the external reception status information of the receiver 4 or only the main body reception status information of the receiver 4 is referred to, and only this external reception status information or the main body reception status Whether or not the content can be distributed to the receiver 4 may be determined based only on the information.
　また、実施例１における配信サーバ１２のコンテンツ配信制御部７１では、受信機４から放送波の受信状況を示す情報を受信し、当該受信状況から当該コンテンツの配信可否を判定しているが、受信機４から要求されるコンテンツが、エリア限定のものではない場合には、当該放送局２の配信可否判定の結果に係わらず、受信機４に対して当該コンテンツを配信可能としてもよい。 Further, the content distribution control unit 71 of the distribution server 12 according to the first embodiment receives information indicating the reception status of the broadcast wave from the receiver 4 and determines whether the content can be distributed based on the reception status. If the content requested from the device 4 is not limited to the area, the content may be distributed to the receiver 4 regardless of the result of the broadcast station 2 distribution determination.
　また、上述した各実施例では、放送局２の放送送信装置１１からコンテンツをダウンロードするクライアントサーバ型のネットワーク方式を採用していたが、Ｐ２Ｐ型のネットワーク方式で行うようにしてもよい。この場合、放送局２の放送送信装置１１に対するコンテンツの要求を検索クエリとして送信すると共に、当該受信状況を示す情報も送信し、受信状況を示す情報が基準値を満たす場合に限り、当該コンテンツを保有するピアの情報を伝え、当該ピアからコンテンツをダウンロードするようにしてもよい。 In each of the above-described embodiments, a client server type network system that downloads content from the broadcast transmission device 11 of the broadcast station 2 is adopted. However, a P2P type network system may be used. In this case, the content request to the broadcast transmitting device 11 of the broadcast station 2 is transmitted as a search query, and information indicating the reception status is also transmitted. The content is only transferred if the information indicating the reception status satisfies a reference value. Information about the peers that are held may be transmitted, and content may be downloaded from the peers.
　また、上述した各実施例で説明した各部の機能すべてまたは一部をプログラムによって構成し、このプログラムを情報処理装置（コンピュータ）にインストールすることで各部を機能させる手段として実現してもよい。なお、このプログラムを実行する状態で記憶した媒体からコンピュータに直接インストールすることも可能であるが、ネットワーク経由で遠隔にあるコンピュータにインストールしてもよい。 Further, all or a part of the functions of each unit described in the above-described embodiments may be configured by a program, and the program may be installed in an information processing apparatus (computer) to realize each unit as a function. The program can be directly installed on a computer from a medium stored in a state where the program is executed. However, the program may be installed on a remote computer via a network.
１・・・情報配信システム、
２・・・放送局、
３・・・ＩＰ通信網（放送波とは異なる通信媒体）、
４・・・受信機（情報受信装置、情報受信制御装置の一例）、
５・・・家庭用電源（電源）、
６・・・表示装置、
７・・・音声再生装置、
１１，１１Ａ・・・放送送信装置（放送局の一部）、
１２・・・配信サーバ（情報配信装置、情報配信制御装置の一例）、
２１・・・アンテナ部、
２１Ａ・・・アンテナ、
２２・・・本体部、
２３・・・データ放送作成部、
３１，３１Ａ・・・制御部、
３２・・・記憶部、
３３，３３Ａ・・・サーバ通信部、
４１・・・コンテンツストリーム作成部、
４１Ａ・・・放送音声信号出力部、
４２Ａ・・・タイミング制御部、
４２・・・ＥＰＧ情報作成部、
４３・・・データ放送作成部、
４３Ａ・・・放送素材取得部、
４４Ａ・・・多重化情報生成部、
４４・・・放送素材取得部、
４５Ａ・・・多重化部、
５１・・・放送用コンテンツＤＢ、
５２・・・放送スケジュールＤＢ、
５３・・・データ放送用コンテンツＤＢ、
６２・・・放送装置通信部、
６３・・・記憶部、
６４・・・ＩＰ通信制御部（放送波状況受信手段）、
７１・・・コンテンツ配信制御部（コンテンツ配信可否判定手段、コンテンツ配信手段）、７２・・・コンテンツ作成部、
８１・・・配信可否判定情報ＤＢ、
８２・・・配信コンテンツＤＢ、
８３・・・周波数ＤＢ、
９１・・・チューナー、
９２・・・受信情報記憶部、
９３・・・バッテリ、
９４・・・操作入力部、
９５・・・受信状況検出部、
９６・・・制御部、
９７・・・タイマー、
９８・・・放送局テーブル、
９９・・・本体接続部、
１０１・・・アンテナ接続部、
１０２・・・復調部、
１０３・・・ＲＯＭ、
１０４・・・ＲＡＭ、
１０５・・・通信制御部、
１０６・・・受信情報記憶部、
１０７・・・電源検出部、
１０８・・・タイマー、
１０９・・・操作入力部、
１１０・・・主制御部（コンテンツ受信手段）、
１１１・・・映像出力部、
１１２・・・音声出力部、
１１３・・・受信可否判定部（コンテンツ受信可否判定手段）、
１１４・・・受信可否判定情報ＤＢ 1 Information distribution system,
2 ... Broadcasting station
3 ... IP communication network (communication medium different from broadcast wave),
4 ... Receiver (an example of an information receiving device and an information receiving control device),
5 ... Home power supply (power supply)
6 ... display device,
7: Audio playback device,
11, 11A ... broadcast transmission device (part of broadcast station),
12 ... Distribution server (an example of an information distribution device and an information distribution control device),
21 ... Antenna part,
21A ... antenna,
22 ... body part,
23 ... Data broadcasting creation part,
31, 31A ... control unit,
32... Storage unit,
33, 33A ... Server communication unit,
41 ... content stream creation unit,
41A: Broadcast audio signal output unit,
42A timing control unit,
42 ... EPG information creation unit,
43 ... data broadcasting creation part,
43A: Broadcast material acquisition unit,
44A ... Multiplexing information generator,
44: Broadcast material acquisition unit,
45A: Multiplexer,
51 ... Broadcast content DB,
52 ... Broadcast schedule DB,
53 ... Content DB for data broadcasting,
62 ... broadcasting device communication unit,
63 ... storage unit,
64... IP communication control unit (broadcast wave status receiving means),
71... Content distribution control unit (content distribution availability determination unit, content distribution unit), 72... Content creation unit,
81... Distribution availability determination information DB,
82 ... distribution content DB,
83 ... Frequency DB,
91 ... Tuner,
92 ... received information storage unit,
93 ... Battery,
94 ... operation input section,
95... Reception status detection unit,
96 ... control unit,
97 ・ ・ ・ Timer,
98 ... broadcast station table,
99 ... main body connection part,
101 ... Antenna connection part,
102 ... demodulator,
103 ... ROM,
104 ... RAM,
105 ... communication control unit,
106: Received information storage unit,
107... Power detection unit,
108 ... Timer,
109 ... operation input unit,
110... Main control unit (content receiving means)
111 ... Video output unit,
112 ... audio output unit,
113 ... Receivability determination unit (content reception determination unit),
114... Receivability determination information DB

Claims (15)

  1. 　放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置であって、
    　本体部と、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部とを有する情報受信装置から、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報とを受信する放送波状況受信手段と、
    　上記放送波状況受信手段で受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否を判定するコンテンツ配信可否判定手段と、
    　上記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報受信装置に対して配信するコンテンツ配信手段と、
    を有することを特徴とする情報配信制御装置。     An information distribution control device that distributes the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station There,
    Information obtained by measuring a reception state of a broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit from an information receiving device having a main body unit and an antenna unit connectable to the main body unit. And broadcast wave status receiving means for receiving information obtained by measuring the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit,
    Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the broadcast wave status reception means, based on the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether to distribute the same content or related content in response to a content distribution request of the information receiving device;
    Content distribution means for distributing the same content or related content to the information receiving device according to a determination result of the content distribution availability determination means;
    An information distribution control device comprising:
  2. 　請求項１に記載の情報配信制御装置であって、
    　前記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段は、
    　前記情報受信装置のアンテナ部が前記本体部に接続されていない状態での前記放送局からの放送波の受信状況が計測され、当該計測時から所定時間内に前記本体部に前記アンテナ部が接続された場合に限り、当該計測時のデータを用いて前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否判定を行うことを特徴とする情報配信制御装置。     The information distribution control device according to claim 1,
    The content distribution availability determination means includes:
    The reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit of the information receiving device is not connected to the main body unit is measured, and the antenna unit is connected to the main body unit within a predetermined time from the measurement time. The information distribution control device which determines whether or not the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station or the related content can be distributed using the data at the time of measurement only when the data is measured .
  3. 　請求項１または２に記載の情報配信制御装置であって、
    　前記情報受信装置は電源に接続され、
    　前記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段は、前記情報受信装置より送信された情報から上記電源から外されてから所定時間以上経過して再度接続されたことを検出した場合には、
    　当該所定時間経過後に計測されて当該情報受信装置に記憶されているデータについては、前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否判定に用いないことを特徴とする情報配信制御装置。     The information delivery control device according to claim 1 or 2,
    The information receiving device is connected to a power source;
    When the content distribution availability determination unit detects that the connection has been made again after a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the power was removed from the information transmitted from the information receiving device,
    The data measured after the predetermined time has elapsed and stored in the information receiving device should not be used to determine whether the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station or related content can be distributed. An information distribution control device characterized by the above.
  4. 　請求項１から請求項３のいずれか１項に記載の情報配信制御装置であって、
    　前記放送波とは異なる通信媒体はＩＰ通信網であり、
    　前記情報受信装置に対して、前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を許可したときに当該装置に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスを記憶し、
    　前記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段は、前記情報受信装置に割り振られているＩＰアドレスが、過去にコンテンツ配信を許可したときに割り振られていたＩＰアドレスと同一である前記情報受信装置に対して、前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を許可することを特徴とする情報配信制御装置。     The information delivery control device according to any one of claims 1 to 3,
    The communication medium different from the broadcast wave is an IP communication network,
    Storing the IP address assigned to the device when the information receiving device is permitted to deliver the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station or the related content;
    The content distribution availability determination unit is configured to transmit the broadcast to the information receiving apparatus in which an IP address allocated to the information receiving apparatus is the same as an IP address allocated when content distribution has been permitted in the past. An information distribution control device that permits distribution of the same content or related content as content superimposed on a broadcast wave from a station.
  5. 　放送波状況受信手段、コンテンツ配信可否判定手段、コンテンツ配信手段を有し、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって、上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置が実行する情報配信制御方法であって、
    　上記放送波状況受信手段が、本体部と、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部とを有する情報受信装置から、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報とを受信するステップと、
    　上記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段が、上記受信するステップで受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信可否を判定するステップと、
    　上記コンテンツ配信手段が、上記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報受信装置に対して配信するステップと、
    を含むことを特徴とする情報配信制御方法。     Broadcast wave status receiving means, content distribution availability determination means, and content distribution means are superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range from the broadcast station. An information distribution control method executed by an information distribution control device that distributes the same content as or related content,
    Broadcasting from the broadcasting station in a state where the broadcast wave status receiving means includes a main body and an antenna unit connectable to the main body, and the antenna unit is not connected to the main body. Receiving information measuring the reception status of the wave and information measuring the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit;
    Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received in the receiving step, the content distribution availability determination means receives the broadcast wave reception status when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, or both broadcasts. Determining whether or not the same content or related content can be distributed in response to a content distribution request of the information receiving device, based on a wave reception state;
    The content delivery means delivering the same content or related content to the information receiving device in accordance with a determination result of the content delivery availability determination means;
    An information delivery control method comprising:
  6. 　放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行うコンピュータであって、
    　上記コンピュータを、
    　本体部と、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部とを有する情報受信装置から、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報とを受信する放送波状況受信手段、
    　上記放送波状況受信手段で受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの出力可否を判定するコンテンツ配信可否判定手段、
    　上記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報受信装置に対して配信するコンテンツ配信手段、
    として機能させるための情報配信制御プログラム。     A computer for delivering the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station,
    The computer
    Information obtained by measuring a reception state of a broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit from an information receiving device having a main body unit and an antenna unit connectable to the main body unit. And broadcast wave status receiving means for receiving information obtained by measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcast station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit,
    Of the two broadcast wave reception statuses received by the broadcast wave status reception means, based on the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether to output the same content or related content in response to a content distribution request of the information receiving device;
    Content distribution means for distributing the same content or related content to the information receiving device according to a determination result of the content distribution availability determination means;
    Information distribution control program to function as
  7. 　放送局の放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって、上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置から上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを受信可能である情報受信装置であって、
    　本体部と、
    　上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、
    　上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、を送信し、上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信要求を実行するコンテンツ配信要求手段と、
    を有することを特徴とする情報受信装置。     From an information distribution control device that distributes the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range of the broadcast station An information receiving apparatus capable of receiving the same content or related content,
    The main body,
    An antenna portion connectable to the main body portion;
    Information measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, and from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit Content distribution request means for transmitting the information on the reception status of the broadcast wave and executing a distribution request for the same content or related content,
    An information receiving apparatus comprising:
  8. 　放送局の放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを受信可能である情報受信装置であって、本体部と、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況を計測した情報と、を送信し、上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信要求を実行するコンテンツ配信要求手段を有する情報受信装置と、
    　情報受信装置の上記コンテンツ配信要求手段から送信された情報を受信する放送波状況受信手段と、上記放送波状況受信手段で受信した２つの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記情報受信装置のコンテンツ配信要求に対する上記コンテンツの配信可否を判定するコンテンツ配信可否判定手段、上記コンテンツ配信可否判定手段の判定結果に応じて上記同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報受信装置に対して配信するコンテンツ配信手段、を有する情報配信制御装置と、
    を含むことを特徴とする情報配信システム。     An information receiving apparatus capable of receiving the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range of the broadcast station. A main body portion, an antenna portion connectable to the main body portion, information measuring a reception state of a broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna portion is not connected to the main body portion, and the antenna Content distribution request for transmitting a request for distribution of the same content or related content, the information measuring the reception status of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station in a state where the unit is not connected to the main unit An information receiving device having means;
    Of the broadcast wave status receiving means for receiving information transmitted from the content distribution request means of the information receiving device and the reception status of two broadcast waves received by the broadcast wave status receiving means, the antenna section is the main body section. Content distribution availability determination means for determining whether or not the content can be distributed in response to a content distribution request of the information receiving device, based on the reception status of the broadcast wave in a state where it is not connected to, or the reception status of both broadcast waves, An information distribution control device having content distribution means for distributing the same content or related content to the information receiving device according to a determination result of the content distribution permission determination unit;
    An information distribution system comprising:
  9. 　放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置からこれらのコンテンツの受信が可能な情報受信制御装置であって、
    　本体部と、
    　上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、
    　上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されている状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するコンテンツ受信可否判定手段と、
    　上記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報配信制御装置から受信するコンテンツ受信手段と、
    　を有することを特徴とする情報受信制御装置。     From an information distribution control device that distributes the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range from the broadcast station An information reception control device capable of receiving these contents,
    The main body,
    An antenna portion connectable to the main body portion;
    Broadcast wave reception status from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, and broadcast wave reception from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit unit Based on the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves, among the reception statuses, reception of the same content as the content or related content Content reception availability determination means for determining availability;
    Content receiving means for receiving, from the information distribution control device, the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when it is determined that the content can be received in the determination of the content reception availability determination means When,
    An information reception control device comprising:
  10. 　請求項９に記載の情報受信制御装置であって、
    　前記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段は、前記アンテナ部が前記本体部に接続されていない状態での前記放送局からの放送波の受信状況が計測された時から所定時間内に前記本体部に接続された場合に、当該計測時のデータを用いて前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否判定を行うことを特徴とする情報受信制御装置。     The information reception control device according to claim 9, wherein
    The content reception availability determination means is connected to the main body within a predetermined time from the time when the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station is measured in a state where the antenna is not connected to the main body. In this case, the information reception control apparatus is characterized by determining whether or not the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station or a related content can be received using the data at the time of measurement.
  11. 　請求項９または１０に記載の情報受信制御装置であって、
    　当該装置は電源に接続され、
    　前記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段は、自装置が上記電源から外されてから所定時間以上経過して再度接続された場合には、
    　当該所定時間経過後に計測して当該装置に記憶されたデータについては、前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否判定に用いないことを特徴とする情報受信制御装置。     The information reception control device according to claim 9 or 10,
    The device is connected to a power source
    When the content reception availability determination unit is reconnected after a lapse of a predetermined time after the device is disconnected from the power source,
    The data measured after the predetermined time has elapsed and stored in the device is not used for determining whether to receive the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station or related content. Information reception control device.
  12. 　請求項９から請求項１１のいずれか１項に記載の情報受信制御装置であって、
    　前記放送波とは異なる通信媒体はＩＰ通信網であり、
    　前記情報受信制御装置において、前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信を許可したときに自装置に割り振られていたＩＰアドレスが記憶され、
    　前記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段は、
    　自装置に割り振られているＩＰアドレスが、過去にコンテンツ受信を許可したときに割り振られていたＩＰアドレスと同一である場合に、前記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信を許可することを特徴とする情報受信制御装置。     The information reception control device according to any one of claims 9 to 11,
    The communication medium different from the broadcast wave is an IP communication network,
    In the information reception control device, the IP address assigned to the own device when the reception of the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station or the related content is permitted is stored,
    The content reception availability determination means includes:
    The same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when the IP address assigned to the device is the same as the IP address assigned when content reception was permitted in the past Alternatively, an information reception control device that permits reception of related content.
  13. 　本体部、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部、コンテンツ受信可否判定手段、コンテンツ受信手段を有し、放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置からこれらのコンテンツの受信が可能な情報受信制御装置が実行する情報受信制御方法であって、
    　上記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段が、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されている状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するステップと、
    　上記コンテンツ受信手段が、上記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報配信制御装置から受信するステップと、
    を含むことを特徴とする情報受信制御方法。     A main body unit, an antenna unit connectable to the main body unit, a content reception availability determination unit, and a content reception unit, and from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within a reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station An information reception control method executed by an information reception control device capable of receiving the same content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave or an information distribution control device that distributes related content,
    The content reception availability determination unit is configured to receive a broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, and in a state where the antenna unit is connected to the main body unit. Same as the above content based on the reception status of the broadcast wave in the state where the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit or the reception status of both broadcast waves among the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station Determining whether or not to receive any content or related content;
    When the content reception unit determines that the content can be received in the determination of the content reception availability determination unit, the information distribution control device displays the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station. Receiving from
    An information reception control method comprising:
  14. 　放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置からこれらのコンテンツの受信が可能であり、かつ本体部と、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、を有するコンピュータであって、
    　上記コンピュータを、
    　上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されている状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況のうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するコンテンツ受信可否判定手段、
    　上記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報配信制御装置から受信するコンテンツ受信手段、
    として機能させるための情報受信制御プログラム。     From an information distribution control device that distributes the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the broadcast wave reception range from the broadcast station A computer capable of receiving these contents and having a main body portion and an antenna portion connectable to the main body portion,
    The computer
    Broadcast wave reception status from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, and broadcast wave reception from the broadcast station when the antenna unit is connected to the main unit unit Based on the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main body unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves, among the reception statuses, reception of the same content as the content or related content Content reception availability determination means for determining availability,
    Content receiving means for receiving, from the information distribution control device, the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station when it is determined that the content can be received in the determination of the content reception availability determination means ,
    Information reception control program to function as
  15. 　放送局からの放送波の受信範囲内に上記放送波とは異なる通信媒体によって上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの配信を行う情報配信制御装置と、
    　本体部と、上記本体部に接続可能なアンテナ部と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況と、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されている状態での上記放送局からの放送波の受信状況とのうち、上記アンテナ部が上記本体部に接続されていない状態での放送波の受信状況、または両方の放送波の受信状況に基づいて、上記コンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツの受信可否を判定するコンテンツ受信可否判定手段と、上記コンテンツ受信可否判定手段の判定において受信可能と判定された場合に上記放送局からの放送波に重畳されているコンテンツと同一のコンテンツまたは関連するコンテンツを上記情報配信制御装置から受信するコンテンツ受信手段と、を有する情報受信制御装置と、
    を含むことを特徴とする情報配信システム。     An information distribution control device that distributes the same content or related content as the content superimposed on the broadcast wave from the broadcast station by a communication medium different from the broadcast wave within the reception range of the broadcast wave from the broadcast station; ,
    A main body portion, an antenna portion connectable to the main body portion, a reception state of broadcast waves from the broadcasting station in a state where the antenna portion is not connected to the main body portion, and the antenna portion on the main body portion. Of the reception status of the broadcast wave from the broadcasting station in the connected state, the reception status of the broadcast wave when the antenna unit is not connected to the main unit, or the reception status of both broadcast waves Content receiving availability determination means for determining whether or not the same content as the content or related content can be received based on the content, and broadcast from the broadcasting station when the content reception availability determination means determines that reception is possible. Content receiving means for receiving the same content as the content superimposed on the wave or related content from the information distribution control device And a broadcast reception control apparatus,
    An information distribution system comprising:
PCT/JP2010/056675 2009-12-11 2010-04-14 Information delivery control device, information delivery control method, information delivery control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information delivery system WO2011070804A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2009282015A JP4585031B1 (en) 2009-12-11 2009-12-11 Information distribution control apparatus, information distribution control method, information distribution control program, information receiving apparatus, and information distribution system
JP2009-282040 2009-12-11
JP2009-282015 2009-12-11
JP2009282040A JP4585032B1 (en) 2009-12-11 2009-12-11 Information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information distribution system

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2011070804A1 true WO2011070804A1 (en) 2011-06-16

Family

ID=44145360

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2010/056675 WO2011070804A1 (en) 2009-12-11 2010-04-14 Information delivery control device, information delivery control method, information delivery control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information delivery system

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2011070804A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002123801A (en) * 2000-10-12 2002-04-26 Sony Corp Reproducing system
JP2004037829A (en) * 2002-07-03 2004-02-05 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Information display device
JP2008182604A (en) * 2007-01-25 2008-08-07 Sony Corp Receiver with viewing restriction function
JP2008288814A (en) * 2007-05-16 2008-11-27 Tv Portal:Kk Ip broadcasting system, ip broadcasting terminal, and ip broadcasting server

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002123801A (en) * 2000-10-12 2002-04-26 Sony Corp Reproducing system
JP2004037829A (en) * 2002-07-03 2004-02-05 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Information display device
JP2008182604A (en) * 2007-01-25 2008-08-07 Sony Corp Receiver with viewing restriction function
JP2008288814A (en) * 2007-05-16 2008-11-27 Tv Portal:Kk Ip broadcasting system, ip broadcasting terminal, and ip broadcasting server

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8005987B2 (en) Multi-representation media event handoff
JP2009071682A (en) Communication device, communication system, and communication setting method
CN102523496B (en) Method, system and terminal for recommending program
KR20180023863A (en) Apparatus and method for providing security service in communication system
US9288443B2 (en) Broadcast content distribution system, and distribution apparatus and broadcast reception terminal device for use in the system
JP2011223417A (en) Information distribution system, information receiving apparatus, information reception method, information distribution apparatus, and program
CN104602107A (en) Program updating method, terminal and server
JP6433289B2 (en) Receiving device, broadcasting system, receiving method and receiving program
JP4585032B1 (en) Information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information distribution system
JP2007329860A (en) Television broadcast recording system, video recorder, and television broadcast recording method
JP4585031B1 (en) Information distribution control apparatus, information distribution control method, information distribution control program, information receiving apparatus, and information distribution system
KR101418992B1 (en) Mobile iptv system and method
WO2011070804A1 (en) Information delivery control device, information delivery control method, information delivery control program, information reception device, information reception control device, information reception control method, information reception control program, and information delivery system
JP2011193171A (en) Information distribution system, information distribution propriety determination device, information distribution propriety determination method, information transmitter/receiver, information transmission/reception method, and program
JP4496276B1 (en) Information receiving apparatus, information receiving method, information receiving program, information distribution apparatus, and information distribution system
WO2011052103A1 (en) Information distribution system, information distribution management device, information distribution management method, information distribution management program, information receiving device, information receiving method, and information receiving program
JP4575518B1 (en) Information distribution management device, information distribution management method, information distribution management program, and information distribution system
JP4575519B1 (en) Information receiving apparatus, information receiving method, information receiving program, and information distribution system
JP4576516B1 (en) Information distribution apparatus, information distribution method, information distribution program, information reception apparatus, and information distribution system
JP5471641B2 (en) Information distribution system, information transmission / reception device
WO2010110358A1 (en) Reception device, program, and reception method
WO2011039897A1 (en) Information delivering system, information delivering apparatus, information delivering method, information delivering program, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method and information receiving program
WO2022269988A1 (en) Transmission device, transmission method, and reception device
JP6744439B2 (en) Broadcast receiver
WO2011129205A1 (en) Information delivering system, information receiving apparatus, information receiving method, information delivering apparatus, and program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 10835727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 10835727

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1